Notices No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, mechanical photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior written permission of the manufacturer. The information within this manual is subject to change without notice.
Important Safety Information Safety Instructions Your system is designed and tested to meet the latest standards for safety of information technology equipment. However, to ensure safe use of this product, it is important that the safety instructions marked on the product and in the documentation are followed. Always follow these instructions to help guard against personal injury and damage to your system.
Care During Use • Do not walk on the power cord or allow anything to rest on it. • Do not spill anything on the system. The best way to avoid spills is to not eat or drink near your system. • Some products have a replaceable CMOS battery on the system board. There is • • a danger of explosion if the CMOS battery is replaced incorrectly. Replace the battery with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Dispose of batteries according to the manufacturer’s instructions.
To reduce the risk of fire, use only No. 26 AWG or larger telecommunications line cord. Written by: Daryl L. Osden Do not use this product in areas classified as hazardous. Such areas include patient care areas of medical and dental facilities, oxygen rich environments, or industrial areas. Battery Disposal Do not put rechargeable batteries or products powered by non-removable rechargeable batteries in the garbage.
Power cord sets for use in other countries must meet the requirements of the country where you use the computer. For more information on power cord set requirements, contact your authorized dealer, reseller, or service provider. General Requirements The requirements listed below are applicable to all countries: • The length of the power cord set must be at least 6.00 feet (1.8m) and a maximum of 9.75 feet (3.0m).
Regulatory Compliance Statements Wireless Guidance Low power, Radio LAN type devices (radio frequency (RF) wireless communication devices), operating in the 2.4 GHz Band, may be present (embedded) in your notebook system. The following section is a general overview of considerations while operating a wireless device. Additional limitations, cautions, and concerns for specific countries are listed in the specific country sections (or country group sections).
In environments where the risk of interference to other devices or services is harmful or perceived as harmful, the option to use a wireless device may be restricted or eliminated. Airports, Hospitals, and Oxygen or flammable gas laden atmospheres are limited examples where use of wireless devices may be restricted or eliminated. When in environments where you are uncertain of the sanction to use wireless devices, ask the applicable authority for authorization prior to use or turning on the wireless device.
United States of America USA and Canada Safety Requirements and Notices Do not touch or move antenna while the unit is transmitting or receiving. Do not hold any component containing the radio such that the antenna is very close or touching any exposed parts of the body, especially the face or eyes, while transmitting. Do not operate the radio or attempt to transmit data unless the antenna is connected; if not, the radio may be damaged.
recommended that the user limit exposure time if the antenna is positioned closer than 20cm (8 inches). Use On Aircraft Caution Regulations of the FCC and FAA prohibit airborne operation of radiofrequency wireless devices because their signals could interfere with critical aircraft instruments. Other Wireless Devices Safety Notices for Other Devices in the Wireless Network: Refer to the documentation supplied with wireless Ethernet adapters or other devices in the wireless network.
If necessary, the user should consult the dealer or an experienced radio/television technician for additional suggestions. The user may find the following booklet helpful: “Something About Interference.” This is available at FCC local regional offices. Our company is not responsible for any radio or television interference caused by unauthorized modifications of this equipment or the substitution or attachment of connecting cables and equipment other than those specified by our company.
FCC Part 68 This equipment compiles with part of the FCC rules. On the back of this equipment is a label that contains, among other information, the FCC registration number and ringer equivalence number (REN) for this equipment. If requested, this information must be provided to the telephone company. This equipment uses the following USOC jacks : RJ11C An FCC compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this equipment.
an identification of the business or other entity, or other individual sending the message and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual. (The telephone number provided may not be any number for which charges exceed local or long-distance transmission charges.) In order to program this information into your fax machine, refer to your communications software user manual.
Canada Unintentional Emitter per ICES-003 This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus as set out in the radio interference regulations of Industry Canada. Le présent appareil numérique n’émet pas de bruits radioélectriques dépassant les limitesapplicables aux appareils numériques de Classe B prescrites dans le règlement sur le brouillage radioélectrique édicté par Industrie Canada.
Telecommunications per DOC notice (for products fitted with an IC-compliant modem) The Industry Canada label identifies certified equipment. This certification means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protective, operation, and safety requirements. The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate to the users’ satisfaction.
European Union European Union CE Marking and Compliance Notices Products intended for sale within the European Union are marked with the Conformité Européene (CE) Marking, which indicates compliance with the applicable Directives and European standards and amendments identified below. This equipment also carries the Class 2 identifier. The following information is only applicable to systems labeled with the CE mark .
Wireless devices that may be in your system are only qualified for use in the European Union or associated areas if a CE mark with a Notified Body Registration Number and the Alert Symbol is on the system label. The power output of the wireless device or devices that may be embedded in you notebook is well below the RF exposure limits as set by the European Commission through the R&TTE directive. See 802.11b and 802.
The product may be used outdoors, but for outdoor transmissions over a distance of 300m or more, a license from the BIPT is required. This restriction should be indicated in the manual as follows: Dans le cas d'une utilisation privée, à l'extérieur d'un bâtiment, au-dessus d'un espace public, aucun enregistrement n'est nécessaire pour une distance de moins de 300m. Pour une distance supérieure à 300m un enregistrement auprès de l'IBPT est requise.
public or private emergency services. DTMF signaling also provides faster call setup. This equipment has been approved to Council Decision 98/482/EEC—“CTR 21” for Pan-European single terminal connection to the Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN). However, due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN termination point.
WEEE SYMBOL INFORMATION Correct Disposal of This Product (Waste Electrical & Electronic Equipment) (Applicable in the European Union and other European countries with separate collection systems) This marking shown on the product or its literature, indicates that it should not be disposed with other household wastes at the end of its working life.
Using Your Documentation Congratulations on your purchase of a notebook computer with the Windows® XP operating system. Whether you are new to using a portable computer or are an experienced user, this user’s manual can help you get the most from your computer. Manual Documentation Conventions Information Icons Three icons and their associated messages appear in this manual. The information icons are placed before the step/information they apply to: Warning: Indicates the possibility of personal injury.
CD-ROM Device Naming Convention In many installation programs you will have to get a program from the CD-ROM device. The program installation sequence assumes that the CD is drive d:\, however this is not always the case. The name of the CD-ROM drive is the letter following the letter assigned to your last HDD. For instance, if you have one HDD with two partitions, the HDD is drives C: and D: and the CD-ROM drive is then drive E.
Getting Started Introducing Your Computer Front View LCD Panel AVS Button (p52) Power Button Speaker(L) Speaker(R) Status Indicators (p15) Keyboard (p8) Touchpad / Touchpad Button (p12) Status Indicators (p15) LCD Button Multi Card Slot (p30) Getting Started 3
Right View Serial Port (Optional) Wireless LAN Latch USB Port(2.0) CD Drive (Optional, p22) USB Port(2.0) TV Output Port(S-Video) Serial Port To use the serial port, you must first connect the supplied dongle cable to the serial port and then connect the serial device to the dongle cable. Some serial devices may not be supported.
Back View Battery Security Lock Port (p114) Bottom View Battery Latches Docking Connector (Optional) HDD Compartment Cover Memory Compartment (p112) Removing or disassembling the hard disk drive will void your warranty. To replace the hard disk drive, please contact your nearest Samsung Service Centre.
Turning the Computer On and Off To turn on the computer 1. Insert the battery and connect the AC adapter according to the Installation Guide. 2. Lift up the LCD while pressing the LCD button. 3. Press the power button. To turn off the computer 1. Click the start button ( 2. Click Turn Off Computer. 6 Users Manual ) on the taskbar.
3. Click Turn Off. If the computer has not turned off properly due to a system error, press ++. When [Windows Task Manager] dialog box appears, click Shut Down > Turn Off to turn off the computer. Your unsaved work may be lost/damaged. If ++ keys do not operate either, press the power button for more than 4 seconds to turn off the computer. Your unsaved work may be lost/damaged.
Using the Keyboard Your computer has an 88-key keyboard. By pressing designated key combinations, you can have access to all the key functions of a full-sized keyboard. The keyboard is supplied according to the corresponding country. Refer to the keyboard figure for the corresponding country.
Function Key Function & Special Purpose Keys Windows Key Embedded Numeric Keypad Application Key Screen Brightness and Volume Adjustment / Direction Keys The keys on the keyboard can be grouped into the following categories: • Full-sized Alphanumeric typewriter keys are arranged like a standard typewriter keyboard and are used for text entry. The Windows keys on either side of the spacebar open Windows menus and perform other special functions.
Using the Numeric Keypad Your keyboard includes a numeric keypad, which is a group of keys that you can set to type numbers and mathematical symbols, such as the plus sign. A number or symbol on the corner of each keypad key shows its numeric function. Num Lock LED Press to turn on the embedded numeric keypad. The numeric functions of the keypad are enabled and the Num Lock LED turns on. ( "Reading the Status Indicators" on page 15 for the location of the Num Lock LED.
Using Special Function Keys The function key activates special functions when it is pressed in combination with another keys. Key Combinations Key Name Key Function Gauge Shows the remaining battery charge. Appears only when the Samsung Display Manager program is installed.
Using the Touchpad In Windows, you always see a small graphical image on the screen that indicates the location where you can take the next action. This image is called a pointer, and is usually displayed in arrow shape ( ) or ‘I’ shape ( ). Touchpad Touchpad Buttons The touchpad on your computer allows you to move the pointer on the LCD screen, just like a mouse that is used with a desktop computer.
You can perform various actions with your touchpad as described below. d Action Function Process Move Move the pointer Place your finger on the touchpad and slide your finger to a destination. Click Select an object, open a menu, or execute a button Place the pointer over an object, then press left touchpad button once. Or, place the pointer over an object, then tap the touchpad once with your finger.
Action Function Process Scroll Display upper/lower/left/right part of the content within a window Place your finger on the right edge or bottom edge of the touchpad and move vertically or horizontally. (Applicable to certain programs only) Please use the touchpad only with your finger. Using sharp devices may damage the touchpad. Operating the touchpad or touchpad button while starting your system may increase the time required for starting Windows.
Reading the Status Indicators Shows the operating status of the computer. Num Lock Turns on when the numeric keypad is activated. Caps Lock Turns on when all alphabet characters you type will be in upper case. Scroll Lock Turns on when it is set to scroll the screen up and down while the cursor position does not change in some applications. Hard Disk Drive / CD-ROM Drive Blinks when the hard disk drive or CD-ROM drive is in operation.
Adjusting LCD Brightness There are 8 levels of LCD brightness (1: Dimmest ~ 8: Brightest). To adjust using keyboard Press +< > or +< > keys from the keyboard to adjust LCD brightness. Whenever you turn the system on or change the power source the brightness level changes according to the settings.
Adjusting the Volume To adjust using keyboard Press +< > or +< > from the keyboard. To adjust using volume adjustment program Click the Volume icon( level. ) on the taskbar, and move the Volume slider to a desired For advanced volume control options, double-click the Volume icon( the volume level in the volume control program. ), and adjust When you turn the system on, a booting noise may occur.
Introducing Windows Understanding the Desktop The desktop is the working area on the computer. It consists of the large workspace and a taskbar at the bottom. Shortcut Icons Start Menu Recycle Bin Language Bar Start Button Taskbar System Tray with Clock Start Button Opens the Start menu. Taskbar Displays programs that are currently running. Frequently used icons can be placed here. Recycle Bin Deleted files or folders are sent here. Language Bar Switches text input language.
Understanding the Start Menu The Start menu includes everything that is required to start Windows. From the Start menu it is possible to run a program, open a file, assign system users with Control Panel, receive support by clicking Help and Support, and search desired items from the computer or Internet by clicking Search.
Understanding a Window A window is the basic component in working with the computer. The My Computer window, which is a window for the computer's hard drive, will be used as an example here to show the basic composition of a window. Click Start > My Computer. Folder Icon Title Bar Menu Bar Close Button Maximize Button Minimize Button Quick Task Window Folders Files Double-click Shared Documents or Local Disk. You can see files and folders.
Help and Support Center Help and Support Center provides references and troubleshooting information regarding computer use. Click Start > Help and Support. Please refer to help and support centre before calling the Samsung helpline. Windows XP Tour You can tour elementary functions provided by Windows XP. Click Start > Tour Windows XP. Or click Start > All Programs > Accessories > Tour Windows XP. Click on the topics to find out about important functions of Windows XP.
Using the Computer Using the CD Drive You have one of following drives installed in your computer. CD-ROM Drive Reads CDs. DVD-ROM Drive Reads CDs/DVDs. RW-Combo Drive Reads a CD/DVD and writes a CD. DVD Super Multi Drive Reads CD/DVDs and writes data to CD/DVDs. Supported DVD types include DVD ± R, DVD ± RW and DVD-RAM. A CD-ROM drive is optional. For more detailed product specifications, refer to the product catalog. To insert a CD 1. Press the eject button on right side of the CD drive. 2.
To eject a CD 1. Stop any process that accesses the CD drive and ensure the CD access LED is turned off. 2. Press the eject button on right side of the CD drive. 3. When the tray slides out, remove the CD from the tray. 4. Push the tray in gently until it clicks. If you remove the CD when the CD access LED is on, the disk and the data in it may be damaged.
To use the Windows Media Player Window Media Player enables you to play and manage audio and video files. To launch the Windows Media Player, click Start > All Programs > Accessories > Entertainment > Windows Media Player. Running the program the first time displays the set up screen. Define the settings according to the instructions displayed on the screen. When you complete the settings, the following screen appears.
Above procedure applies only to the video CDs that has a .dat file as the execution file. Playing procedure may be different according to video CDs. To write data on a CD (Optional) If your computer has CD-RW functionality, you can copy data to a blank CD or create an audio CD. You cannot write to a CD that already has data in it. 1. Insert a blank CD into the CD drive. 2. On the [CD Drive] dialog, select Open Writable CD Folder and click OK. The CD drive window appears. 3. Click Start > My Computer. 4.
5. Click Write these files to CD in the CD drive window. 6. When the CD Writing Wizard appears, enter the CD label, and click Next. The data begins copying. 7. When copying is completed, a ‘completed’ message appears and the CD drive window opens automatically. For more information on writing CDs Click Start > Help and Support. Type “CD copy” in the search field, and click the Search icon ( ).
Enjoying Home Theater (S/PDIF Port) Your computer supports 5.1 channel output, which is a basic function for home theater systems, and DVD drives. It provides 3D surrounding sound and vivid screen. What is a home theater system? Home theater system usually consists of a TV, DVD, 5.1 channel speaker, and digital amp and provides a high-resolution screen (MPEG2) and 3D surrounding sound (Dolby 5.1 or DTS).
Step 1. Connect 5.1 channel speaker system to your computer 1. Connect the S/PDIF jack of the system and a 5.1 channel amplifier. 2. Connect speakers to the amplifier. (Refer to speaker’s manual.) 3. To view through a TV, connect the TV and change the current display device to TV in the Display Properties. ( "Using External Display Devices" on page 99) TV Digital Amplifier Sub Woofer Front Right Speaker Front Left Speaker Computer Center Speaker Surround Left Speaker Surround Right Speaker Step 2.
Step 3. Enable S/PDIF output on the DVD program To use 5.1 channel speakers, you need to install the CyberLink Power DVD program from the CyberLink DVD Solution Installation CD (or System software Media) provided with your computer, then change the settings as per the following. The CyberLink PowerDVD program is optional and may not be provided depending on the model. 1. Run CyberLink Power DVD program and click the Configuration icon ( ). 2.
Using the Multi Card Slot Using the Multi Card Slot, you can use memory cards such as a Memory Stick, Memory Stick Pro, SD Card, MMC, or xD Card. A memory card is used as a removable disk and is useful for exchanging data between a computer and a digital device such as a digital camera. Memory Stick Memory Stick Pro SD Card MMC xD Card A multi-card slot is optional and is not provided for some models. Restrictions when Using Memory Cards You can use memory cards for storing data only.
1. Insert a memory card into the Multi Card Slot. 2. Click Start > My Computer. The inserted memory card is displayed. Example : Memory Stick 3. You can write data to the memory card. If the memory card is not formatted yet, format the memory card before use. Since the memory card may be easily mislaid when moving your computer, keep the memory card separately. To remove a memory card 1. Press the end of the memory card softly to pop it outward. 2.
To format a memory card You can use a memory card after the format operation. The procedures to format a memory card are described below. Since format operation deletes all data in the memory card, please make sure that there is no important data in the memory card before formatting. To protect the data in the memory card Set the write protection tab of the Memory Stick or SD memory card to the Lock position. 1. Click Start > My computer. 2.
Using the PC Card Slot Various different functions can be added by inserting PCMCIA cards into the system. This system supports 16/32 bit, type I or II PCMCIA card types. The PC card slot does not support a ZV card or a PCMCIA III card. To insert a PCMCIA card Before using the PC Card slot, remove the slot protector. Push the eject button of the PC card slot once to pop it out. Push the button again to eject the slot protector. 1. Insert a PCMCIA card into the PC card slot on the side of the computer.
To remove a PCMCIA card 1. Double-click Safely Remove Hardware icon ( ) on the taskbar. 2. On the [Safely Remove Hardware] dialog box, select the appropriate PCMCIA card and click Stop. 3. When [Stop a Hardware Device] dialog box appears, click OK. 4. Click Close to close the [Safely Remove Hardware] dialog box. 5. Push eject button of the PC card slot once, and the button pops out. 6. Push the button again to eject the PCMCIA card.
Using EasyBox Use EasyBox program to make use of Windows' complicated function easily and conveniently. Learn about EasyBox Double-click the EasyBox( ) icon on the desktop. (Or select Start > All Programs > Samsung > EasyBox > EasyBox.) • System: System management features are available, including disk defragmenter, disk cleanup, computer scheduling and system restore. • BIOS: In windows-based mode, you can recover the BIOS defaults and change the boot sequence.
Using EasyBox The Security management function will be used as an example here to show the function of Easybox Configuring Firewall The Windows Firewall prevents unauthorized users from gaining access to your system via the network or the Internet. 1. Click Start > All Programs > Samsung > EasyBox > EasyBox. 2. Click Security from the top menu bar. 3. Select Windows Firewall Settings from the Security menu on the left. 4. Select a firewall level. 5. Click Apply.
Using Samsung Update Plus Samsung Update Plus is software that examines and updates Samsung software and drivers installed on your Samsung computer to the latest version. To use Samsung Update Plus, your computer has to be connected to the Internet. To Update Samsung Software and Drivers 1. Select Start > All Programs > Samsung > Samsung Update Plus > Samsung Update Plus. If this is the first time you are running the program, a window will appear asking you if you agree to the agreement in the window.
Updates that must be installed separately. If you select Install as an update item that must be installed separately, a message appears informing you of this. Follow the instruction message to correctly install it. Automatic update items display By default, your computer is configured to automatically search for updates. If there is a new update available, this is notified in the notification area. Click the balloon help icon in the notification area.
Using AVStation premium AVStation premium is an integrated multimedia program that enables users to enjoy music, photographs, video, movies, etc. all with a single program. Before You Start! • • • • AVStation premium is optional and may not be provided depending on the model. The screens used in this manual may differ from actual screens according to the program version. TV Station is only available for systems supporting the TV function. For detailed usage, refer to the program help.
PHOTO You can view or edit a photograph (image), and also view the photographs through a SlideShow. MOVIE You can play a video (movie) file or a DVD/VCD title. MUSIC Station Launch AVStation premium and click MUSIC on the Station Bar. z x c b z MUSIC Menu Bar x Station Bar c MUSIC Library v Register a File b Playlist n Playlist Control Buttons m Play Control Buttons , Volume Control . Play Options / EDS Setting Button n v m , .
Playing an Audio CD The procedures to play an audio CD are described below. 1. Launch AVStation premium and insert an audio CD into the CD drive. 2. In the Audio CD window, select Play Audio CD using Samsung AVStation and click the OK button. 3. The tracks on the audio CD are displayed in the Playlist and the first track is automatically played. If an audio CD is already in the CD drive, double-click the album title in the Audio CD folder of the Library and add the tracks to the Playlist.
Playing a Music File If a music file is registered to the MUSIC Library, you can easily play the music file. For the procedures to register tracks to the Library, refer to (p43). 1. Move to MUSIC Station and double-click on All Music. 2. Double-click a music file. The file is added to the playlist and played. Play a Track not registered to the Library Click File > Open, select a music file to be played and click Open. The selected track is registered to the Library and played.
Adding Music Files to the Library MUSIC Library is a library holding music files used by MUSIC Station. The procedures to add music files saved on the computer to the Library are described below. You can add files, folders or search and add files. As an example, the procedures to add a folder are described below. 1. Click on the Register a File ( Folders. ) button below the Library and click on Add by 2. Select a folder which included music files and click the OK button.
PHOTO Station Launch AVStation premium and click PHOTO on the Station Bar. z x c , b n m z PHOTO Menu Bar x Station Bar c PHOTO Library v Register a File b Image Viewer Tab n Image Editor Tab m Move to a Higher-Level Folder , Preview/Zoom-in v Viewing an Image The procedures to view images registered to the PHOTO Library one by one and through a SlideShow are described below. For the procedures to register image files to the Library, refer to (p47). 1.
3. Double-click on an image. The selected image is zoomed in on. • Viewing an Image not registered to the Library Click File > Open, select an image file to view and click Open. The selected image file is registered to the Library and displayed in the Image Viewer window. • Viewing an Image in Full Screen or through a SlideShow. Click the Full Screen ( Image Viewer window. ) button or SlideShow ( ) button below the To return to the Image Viewer window, press the key or double-click on the screen.
Editing an Image You can change the shape of an image, edit an image or apply special effects to an image. The image editor functions are described below. 1. Select an image to edit in the Image Viewer window, and select the Image Editor tab. The Image Editor screen appears. The Image Editor screen consists of an Image Workspace window and 3 Tool tabs. Image Workspace Zoom In / Zoom Out Tool Tabs 2. Edit the image using the Shape, Edit and Effect tools.
Adding Images to the Library The PHOTO Library is a library holding image files to be used by PHOTO Station. The procedures to add image files saved on the computer to the Library are described below. You can add files, add folders or search and add files. As an example, the procedures to add folders are described below. 1. Click the Register a File ( Folders. ) button below the Library and click on Add by 2. Select a folder which includes image files and click the OK button.
MOVIE Station Launch AVStation premium and click on MOVIE on the Station Bar. z x c v b n z MOVIE Menu Bar x Station Bar c MOVIE Library v Register a File b Video Play window n Play Control Buttons m Volume Control , EDS Setting Button (p40) . EDI Setting Button / Capture Button m ,. / What is EDI (Enhanced Digital Image)? EDI (Enhanced Digital Image) is a visual quality enhancement technology developed by Samsung Electronics.
2. In the 'What do you want Windows to do?' window, select Play DVD Video using Samsung AVStation and click the OK button. 3. The DVD title is played. If a DVD title is already in the DVD drive, double-click the DVD title in the DVD / VCD folder of the Library. The DVD title is played.
Playing a Movie(Video) File The procedures to play a video file registered to the MOVIE Library are described below. For the procedures to register files to the Library, refer to p51. 1. Move to MOVIE Station and double-click All Movies. 2. Double-click a video file. The file is played. • Playing a Video File not Registered to the Library Click File > Open, select a video file to be played and click Open. The selected file is registered to the Library and played.
Adding Videos to the Library The MOVIE Library is a library holding video files to be used by MOVIE Station. The procedures to add video files saved on the computer to the Library are described below. You can add files, add folders or search and add files. As an example, the procedures to add folders are described below. 1. Click the Register a File ( Folders. ) button below the Library and click Add by 2. Select a folder which includes video files and click the OK button.
Using AVStation now / AVStation premium Viewer Using these programs, you can play music, photographs, video and movies in full screen. You can enjoy multimedia using AVStation now when the computer is off and using AVStation premium Viewer when the computer is on. Before You Start! • • AVStation now and AVStation premium Viewer are optional and may not be provided depending on the model. AVStation now Restrictions You can only use AVStation now when the computer is turned off.
Start / Exit AVStation now Starting Press the AVS button ( ) of the computer when the computer is turned off. Exiting Move the mouse pointer to the top screen and click the Exit ( ) button. Alternatively press the Power button of the computer.
Start / Exit AVStation premium Viewer Starting Select Start > All Programs > Samsung > AVStation premium > AVStation premium Viewer from Windows. Alternatively press the AVS button ( ) of the computer from Windows. Exiting Move the mouse pointer to the top of the screen and click the Exit ( 54 Users Manual ) button.
Screen Layout MUSIC You can play a music file or audio CD. PHOTO You can view a photograph or image file one by one or in a SlideShow. MOVIE You can play a video, DVD or VCD title. Settings You can set the Music, Photo and Movie settings. To move to the start screen while using the program, press the AVS( button or key. ) Or, move the mouse pointer to the top left in the current screen and click the AVStation icon ( ).
MUSIC Station The procedures to play a music file or an audio CD are described below. Playing a Music File The procedures to play a music file registered to the MUSIC Library are described below. (For the procedures to register files, refer to p43.) 1. Launch AVStation now and click on Music. 2. Click on All Music and double-click a file in the right pane. The music file is played. z My Computer z x 56 Users Manual v c This only appears in AVStation now.
Playing an Audio CD 1. Launch AVStation now and insert an audio CD into the CD drive. 2. In the AVStation now start screen, click on Music. 3. Double-click the Audio CD in the left pane and double-click on an album or music file in the right pane. The selected music file is played.
PHOTO Station The procedures to view images registered to the PHOTO Library one by one and through a SlideShow are described below. (For the procedures to register image files to the Library, refer to p47.) 1. Launch AVStation now and click on Photo. 2. Click on All Images and double-click on an image file in the right pane. z My Computer z x 3. The selected image is zoomed in on. 58 Users Manual c This only appears in AVStation now.
To view an image in Full Sreen or through a SlideShow. Click on the SlideShow or Full Screen button below the zoomed in image. To return to the previous status in SlideShow or Full Screen, press the key or double-click on the screen. In AVStation now, press the key or double-click and click Back. MOVIE Station The procedures to play a video (movie) file or DVD/VCD title are described below.
Playing a DVD 1. Launch AVStation now and insert a DVD title into the DVD drive. 2. In the AVStation now start screen, click on Movie. 3. Click on DVD/VCD and double-click on the DVD title. The DVD title is played.
Connecting to the Internet Connecting with a Modem (Optional) Before You Start: • Use a standard non-digital phone line to connect. • Contact an internet service provider (ISP) for instructions on how to connect to and disconnect from the Internet. 1. Connect a telephone line to the computer’s modem port. 2. Connect to the Internet according to the instructions provided by your ISP. If the Internet connection is not disconnected properly, additional telephone charges may be imposed.
Connecting Through a Wired LAN 1. Connect a LAN cable to the computer’s LAN port. 2. Click Start > Control Panel. 3. Click Network and Internet Connections in the [Control Panel] window. 4. Click Network Connections in the [Network and Internet Connections] window. 5. Right-click the Local Area Connection icon and click Properties.
6. On the General tab, select “Internet Protocol(TCP/IP)” and click Properties. 7. To use DHCP: On the General tab, select “Obtain an IP address automatically” and “Obtain DNS server address automatically”. Click OK. To use a static IP: On the General tab, select “Use the following IP address” and fill in the IP address, Subnet mask, Default gateway, Preferred DNS server, and Alternative DNS server fields. Click OK.
Connecting Through a Wireless LAN (Optional) A wireless network (Wireless LAN) environment is a network environment that enables communication between multiple computers at home or a small-size office through wireless LAN devices. Using the wireless network connections between the systems, you can use normal network functions such as sharing of files, folders and printers.
What is an Access Point (AP)? An AP is a network device that bridges wired and wireless LANs, and corresponds to a wireless hub in a wired network. You can connect multiple wireless LAN installed computers to an AP. 2) Computer-to-computer (ad hoc) This is also called a peer-to-peer network. In computer-to-computer wireless networks, you can wirelessly connect 2 or more computers that have wireless LAN modules.
2. Select an AP (E.g. Test) to connect to and click Connect. If there is a configured network key for the AP to connect to, the Enter Network Key window appears. Enter the Network Key in the window and then click the Connect button. When a network key is not defined for a selected AP, click on Link to display the warning message box. Then click Connect again in the box. Now when Connected in AP is displayed, and you can access the network.
Connecting to computer-to-computer networks (peer-to-peer or ad hoc) In computer-to-computer wireless networks, you can wirelessly connect 2 or more computers that have wireless LAN modules. Using this method, a computer that is not connected to the Internet can share the Internet by accessing another computer connected to the Internet. (Refer to "Sharing Internet Access" on page 76.) You can connect by completing the following steps: • Step 1. Set up a computer-to-computer network on a computer. • Step 2.
3. On the Wireless Network tab, click Advanced. 4. Clear 'Automatically connect to non-default network' check box, if it is selected. Select 'Computer-to-computer (ad hoc) networks only', and click Close. 5. In the Wireless Networks tab, click Add. 6. Enter the network name (e.g. samsung), and unselect 'The key is provided for me automatically'. Enter the encryption key in the Network key field, and click OK.
7. Check that the configured network name (e.g. samsung) is in the ’Preferred networks’ item, and click OK. Now your wireless network setup has been completed. Step 2. Connecting to the configured computer 1. Right-click on the Wireless Network Connection ( select View Available Wireless Networks. ) icon on the taskbar, and 2. Select the wireless network name (e.g. samsung) specified in ”Connecting to computer-to-computer networks (peer-to-peer or ad hoc)” on page 67, and click Connect.
3. Enter a cryptographic key in the network key box and click Connect. If the network key is not configured in ”Connecting to computer-to-computer networks (peer-to-peer or ad hoc)” on page 67, just click Connect, without any keystrokes. When connected to the wireless network, the system displays Connected in the selected network of the Network Connection window.
2. Double-click on the wireless LAN program ( ) icon on the taskbar. Alternatively, click Start > All Programs > Intel PROSet Wireless > Intel PROSet Wireless. 3. In Available Networks, click on Refresh. 4. Select the name of an access point to connect to from the available network list and click on Connect. If a network does not appear, click on Refresh. 5. Enter a WEP key and click the OK button. The Wireless Security Settings window may differ depending on the security settings of the AP.
Using Samsung Network Manager Samsung Network Manager is a program that has been developed to enable users to use the network easily. Samsung Network Manager provides the following features. • You can easily set up the network and printer settings. • You can immediately use the network without defining new network settings again after moving locations. By setting the network settings (IP address, printer settings, etc.
2. Run Samsung Network Manager. Select Start > All Programs > Samsung > Samsung Network Manager > Samsung Network Manager or double click the Samsung Network Manager( ) icon on the Desktop. 3. Click the Add button. 4. Select a network location icon and enter the name of the location (e.g. Home). Click the Next button. 5. Select Internet direct connection and click the Next button. 6. Select the LAN device, setup the IP address and click the Next button.
Setting up the IP Address To allocate an IP address automatically (DHCP), select Get IP Automatically. To use a static IP address, unselect Get IP Automatically and enter an IP address. For IP address information, ask your network administrator. 7. When the Printer Setting window appears, click Finish. To add a printer, click Add Printer. The Add Printer Wizard appears. Set up the printer according to the instructions displayed on the screen.
Wireless LAN AP Connection Procedures To use a wireless LAN, first connect to a wireless LAN AP and then you can access the network even when moving location. Or moving location and then you can access the network even when connecting to a wireless LAN AP 1. Right-click over the Wireless Network Connection ( Taskbar and click View Available Wireless Networks. ) icon on the 2. Click Search AP from the Wireless menu to search for wireless LAN APs. Select an available wireless network (e.g.
2. Select an icon that represents the corresponding location from the Saved Locations window and then click Move. 3. When the network settings of the selected location are applied, the new location and the network connection information are displayed in The detailed Information for window. Sharing Internet Access This section describes the procedures to share Internet Access. To share Internet Access, you first have to set a sharing server and a sharing client.
Setting Up a Sharing Server 1. Run Samsung Network Manager on the computer to be used as the sharing server. 2. Click the Add button. 3. Select a network location icon and enter the name of the location (e.g. Home). Click the Next button. 4. Select Internet direct Connection for sharing and click the Next button. 5. Set up the network device to be connected to the external Internet. Determine whether to use a firewall and select a network device to be connected to the external Internet (e.g. Wired LAN).
To Share Internet Access through a Wireless LAN - In the Select Device field, select Wireless. - In the Wireless Connection Name (e.g. Samsung) field, enter the network name. - To use the network key (security key), select the "Use Password ,,," option and enter a network key. Remember the network key because you have to reenter the key on the sharing client to connect to the sharing server. 7. The setup information is displayed. Confirm the settings and click the Next button. 8.
When the settings are completed, you can use the Internet on the shared client. - To access the Internet from the sharing client, the sharing server has to be on. - To use the Internet on the sharing client, select a sharing client icon from the Location List window and then click the Move button. - If the connection is broken while using the Internet on the sharing client, click the Ap Active from the Wireless menu to reestablish the connection.
Using Network Services While the computer is connected to the network, you can use network services to share files, folders, and printers. Network services are provided for the computers that are connected to the network through wired or wireless network connections. For details, see “Connecting Through a Wired LAN” on page 62 and see “Connecting Through a Wireless LAN (Optional)” on page 64.
Step 1. Configuring Sharing 1. Right-click the target file or folder to share in My Computer, and select Sharing and Security. 2. Click 'IF you understand the security risks but want to share files without running the wizard, click here'. It has the same security effect as that of the 'Network Setup Wizard'. This screen does not appear if Internet Sharing Network Wizard has been installed in the computer-to-computer wireless network environment. 3. Select 'Just enable file sharing', and click OK. 4.
Step 2. Using Shared Files or Folders This section describes how to access shared files or folders if your computer is a member of the same workgroup. 1. Double-Click My Network Places of desktop under Other Places. 2. Click 'View workgroup computers', and click the desired computer to access the shared file. If your computer is a member of another workgroup: 1. Click Other Places > Microsoft Windows Network. 2. Click the desired workgroup. 3.
Step 1. Configuring Printer Sharing 1. From the computer connected to the printer, click Start > Printers and Faxes. 2. Right-click the printer you want to share, and click Sharing. 3. Select 'Share this printer', enter a share name for the shared printer, and click OK. 4. In the Printers and Faxes window, you will find the printer icon has been changed to another icon on a hand. Step 2. Adding and Using a Shared Printer. 1.
5. Select 'Browse for a printer', and click Next. 6. Select the workgroup or computer, select the desired printer, and click Next. If you cannot find the desired printer, try again after a while. 7. Read the warning about a shared printer, and click Yes to install the shared printer. 8. Select Yes for 'Do you want to use this printer as a default printer?', and click Next. 9. Click Finish. 10.
Using Bluetooth Devices (Optional) Bluetooth is a wireless communication technology that allows access to devices nearby such as a computer, mobile phone, printer, keyboard or mouse without a cable connection. Bluetooth enables file transmissions, Internet access, a private area network function, and access to a keyboard, mouse and printer between devices supporting the Bluetooth function without a cable connection.
• HID Connections ( ) You can connect a keyboard, mouse, joystick, etc. supporting Bluetooth. For more information about using the Bluetooth function, refer to the online help of the Bluetooth Device. Bluetooth Software Setup Bluetooth software is installed on computers supporting Bluetooth. For first time use, set up the Bluetooth software as follows. 1. Right-click the Bluetooth icon( ) on the bottom right Taskbar using the mouse(or touchpad) and select Start Using Bluetooth from the pop-up menu. 2.
If you change the service settings, the driver necessary for the additionally selected services are installed. At this point, a warning message may appear informing you that there is no Microsoft logo. Since it does not affect the operation, continue the installation. 3. If the driver installation is complete, the next step proceeds which searches for nearby Bluetooth devices. Since you do not have to search while setting up, click the Skip button and finish the settings.
4. When the settings are complete, the Bluetooth icon menu of the notification area changes as shown in the figure. Using Bluetooth Describes how to exchange files between computers supporting Bluetooth and how to use other Bluetooth devices. Bluetooth Help Bluetooth Help provides detailed procedures on using Bluetooth functions. Click on My Bluetooth Settings on the Desktop and press the F1 key (Help).
Exchanging Files between Bluetooth computers The procedures to exchange files and folders between Bluetooth computers are described below. 1. On the computer that is sending a file (hereafter Computer A), right-click the Bluetooth icon ( ) in the notification area and select Quick Connection > File Transmission > Search for Device. 2. In the Select Device window, click on a computer to be connected (hereafter Computer B).
3. If the Bluetooth PIN code requested notification window appears on the bottom right taskbar, click on the window, enter the Bluetooth PIN code and click the OK button. The Bluetooth PIN Code is a password used for the connection between two Bluetooth devices, the user just enter the same PIN Code (E.g. same numbers) on both Bluetooth devices to make a connection. 4.
7. If the file transmission is complete, close the File Transmission window. The received files are saved in the C:\Documents and Settings\[user name]\My Documents\Bluetooth Exchange folder. Connecting Keyboard, Mouse, Joystick and Headset devices The procedures to use Bluetooth HID devices (keyboard, mouse, joystick, etc.) or a headset, etc. on the computer are described below.
4. If the Bluetooth PIN Code input window appears, enter a PIN code referring to the manual of the corresponding device. The PIN code for an HID device is generally printed in the manual of the corresponding device. 5. If you enter the PIN code, you can immediately use the device. A Bluetooth keyboard and mouse work only in Windows. They will not work in MS-DOS mode or in Hibernation mode. Stopping a Bluetooth device Right-click the Bluetooth icon ( device.
Customizing Your Computer Using System Setup The System Setup (BIOS) program enables you to configure your computer hardware and set security and power-savings options. The settings you choose are stored in battery-maintained CMOS memory that saves the information even when the computer’s power is turned off. When your computer is turned back on, it is configured with the values found in this memory. Run System Setup if you get a message prompting you to run the program.
Starting System Setup To start System Setup, turn on your computer and then press and hold until the System Setup screen appears. Table 2. System Setup Menus Menu Function Main Changes the basic system. Advanced Configures advanced features on your computer. Security Enables security features, including passwords. Boot Specifies the order of boot devices and configures boot features. Exit Specifies how to exit System Setup.
Changing Booting Priority You can select the booting priority among the devices such as the hard drive, CD-ROM drive, etc. The following example describes how to configure the hard drive as the first booting device when the CD-ROM drive is configured as the first booting device by default. 1. Select the Boot menu in System Setup. 2. Press on Boot Device Priority item. 3. Use < > key to move to the Hard Drive item, and press until it is at the very top. 4.
Configuring the Password Setting the Supervisor Password By configuring a supervisor password, you can restrict system access to authorized users only. Do not lose or forget your password. If you have forgotten your password, contact the Samsung service center. 1. Select the Security menu in the System Setup. To enter System Setup, see “Starting System Setup” on page 94. 2. On the Set Supervisor Password item, press . 3.
Activating the Booting Password Before activating the booting password, the supervisor password must have been configured. Set the Password on boot option to [Enabled]. From now on, system booting will not proceed without the password. Deactivating the Password 1. On the password to delete, press . (e.g. supervisor password) 2. Enter the current configured password, and press . 3.
Configuring Resolution and Color Depth Screen resolution is the number of pixels displayed on the screen. High resolution makes the overall screen area large, although individual items appear small. Color quality is determined by the number of bits used to represent a pixel on the screen. High color quality displays more number of colours on your screen. 1. Select Start > Control Panel > Appearance and Themes > Change the screen resolution. 2.
Using External Display Devices Using external display devices such as monitors, projectors, TVs, etc allows you to view screen images alternatively or simultaneously on each device. Additionally, you can extend the screen onto two display devices to use a larger workspace. Using external display devices is especially useful when you are giving a presentation or watching a movie through your TV.
Using Dual View to View Extended Screen Dual View is a function that enables you to view a computer screen over two display devices. This is convenient when needing a wide screen for work. In Dual View mode, you can select the screen resolution and colour quality for each display device, as if there were two separate graphics cards. 1. Connect the external display device (e.g. a monitor or a projector) to the corresponding port of the system.
secondary display device is indicated as '2'. Now you can view the screen through two monitors. 1 : Primary 2 : Secondary When you use Dual View, configuring the LCD as the 'Primary' monitor is recommended. If the screen of the secondary display device is displayed at 640x480 pixels, with 256 colours, change the settings to the desired screen resolution and colour quality in the [Display Properties] dialog box. When Dual view is not properly set up, refer to Q&A.
System Management Using Power Management Options Your computer includes Power Management options that can help the battery charge last longer and extend the life of the battery. Power-management options will slow down or shut off system components when the components are not being used. Power management may slow down system performance. Your computer runs fastest with the power cord attached, whereby power management is disabled.
3. Click the Power Schemes tab to display the basic power management options. By default, the power scheme is configured to BatteryMgr-normal mode. BatteryMgr-normal mode extends the battery life and optimizes the Intel Speedstep function. Since the CPU power consumption is automatically optimized to conserve power when the computer is operating on battery power, an application may be executed slower than when it is operating on AC power.
Hibernate Mode (Power Management or Manual Method) When hibernation is used, your computer turns off and when you power up again, everything is restored exactly as you left it—including programs and documents you may not have saved or closed. Everything in memory gets saved to the HDD, and the monitor and hard disk get turned off.
Rest Key: The manual key combination will not activate Standby or Hibernate modes while you are playing a multimedia program or have an active USB device connected. Advanced Power Management Schemes This section discusses the advanced power management schemes. There are two buttons that you can use to manually conserve power. To enter the power management window complete the following: 1. Click Start > Control Panel > Performance and Maintenance. 2.
The “Rest” key is assigned to the key combination. "Basic Power Management Schemes" on page 102 for a better understanding of Standby and Hibernate modes. 5. Click OK to set your power management options and close the window. You can return to normal operation after you have used one of the “Power Management” buttons by quickly pushing and releasing the Power button.
Using the Battery Please refer to the following instructions when running the computer on battery power without connecting the AC power. Precautions • • • • Use only chargers specified in the User Manual. Never heat the battery pack, put it near or in a fire or use at a temperature higher than 60°C, as this may cause fire. Never cause a short circuit between the battery pack terminals or disassemble the battery pack.
4. To install the battery again, slide the battery into the system as below. The battery latches move inward, and fix the battery automatically. Monitoring the Battery Charge You can view the battery charge status by completing the following procedures. To use the shortcut key to view If you press the + key combination on the keyboard, the remaining battery charge appears on the screen for a while. It appears only when the Samsung Display Manager program is installed on your computer.
To view through the Control Panel Select Start > Control Panel > Performance and Maintenance > Power Option > Power Measure tab.Then you can view the current power source and the current remaining battery charge. Power Supply Status Remaining Battery Charge Using the battery Battery is an expendable supply, so when you use it for a long time, the capacity/battery life is shortened. If the battery life is reduced to under half of the initial time, we recommend that you purchase a new battery to use.
Extending the battery use time Decreasing the LCD Brightness Decreasing the LCD brightness by pressing the +< > key combination on the keyboard or adjusting the brightness in the Battery Manager program extends the battery use time. Decreasing the LCD brightness by one level extends the battery use time by 3~5% (10~20 minutes). (The battery use time is determined by the corresponding model.
• Maximum Performance Mode : This mode is appropriate for conditions that require maximum system performance.Therefore, the battery usage time may be reduced in this mode. • Custom Mode : In this mode, a user can configure a detailed configuration to save the battery usage time. You can adjust the LCD brightness, the system standby time, the screen color quality, and the graphic mode values. Power Saving Effect This shows the relative battery use time for each power mode.
Upgrading Memory This computer has one or more 256 MB or 512 MB memory module(s). Two memory module sockets are provided so that you can replace memory or install an additional memory module. Removing the memory module Before removing/replacing the memory module, turn the system off completely and remove the battery. Do not replace the memory module when the system is in Standby/Hibernate mode.
Adding a memory module 1. Align the new memory module connectors accordingly and slide it into the slot at a 30° angle. Ensure the notch on the memory module corresponds with the notch on the socket. 2. Push the memory module in until the module clicks into place. If the memory module is not fixed completely, gently push the memory down while pressing the memory module tabs outward. 3. Close and fix the memory module compartment cover using a screwdriver.
Using the Security Lock Port The security lock is a device used to physically 'fix' the system when using it in a public place. The locking device needs to be purchased separately. The shape and methods of use may differ depending on the manufacturer. Please refer to the manual provided with the security lock for proper use. 1. Connect a security lock cable to a fixed object. 2. While holding the security lock port lever to the left, connect the cable to the security lock port.
Tips for Using Your Computer The following information helps you avoid potential problems as you use your computer: Do not try to disassemble your computer. Opening the system chassis voids your warranty. Only an authorised manufacturer service center can replace or add any parts inside the chassis. • Follow all the instructions and cautions in your computer user documentation. • The LCD has a polarized surface and can be damaged easily. To prevent damage, avoid touching the screen.
• A walkie-talkie must be kept more than 1 meter away from the device. Since a walkie-talkie transmits a very strong signal, it may cause a computer malfunction. Travelling with Your Computer Air Travel If you are travelling by air, follow these tips: • Take the computer with you as carry-on luggage. Do not check the computer with your baggage. • Allow the computer and disks to go through the X-ray security devices.
Sweet liquids leave a sticky residue that may jam the keyboard despite your efforts to dry it. • If you spill liquid on the LCD panel, clean it immediately with a soft cloth and denatured alcohol or a proprietary LCD screen cleaner. Do not use water, window cleaner, acetone, aromatic solvent, or dry, rough towels to clean it. Some liquids damage the polarized LCD screen. If your screen is damaged, contact your authorized manufacturer’s service center for a replacement.
Troubleshooting Complete the following in the order presented until your system is functioning properly. If all of the steps below fail then contact your local reseller for assistance. Questions and Answers Please see “Questions and Answers” on page 120 for assistance in correcting any computer operational problems. Check the Connections Verify all of the power and peripheral cables are securely plugged into their sockets and that your system and power supply is on.
System Recovery Precaution: Before you start restoring your windows operating system insure you backup all data on your hard drive. Samsung is NOT responsible for any data loss.
Questions and Answers This section provides information on possible problems, solutions and other references for system use. Windows Related Q1 The system does not shutdown properly. A When the system does not shutdown normally, press and hold the Power button until the system manually shuts off. If the Power-Saving Mode is configured into the Power button, press and hold for more than 4 seconds to shut the system off.
Display Related Q1 The LCD screen is too dark or too bright A Turn on the LCD backlight or adjust the screen brightness. Press + to turn on the LCD backlight or press +< >, +< > to adjust the screen brightness. Q2 The screen saver disturbs screen viewing during Media Player or video file operation. A Unselect Tools > Options > Player > Allow screen saver during playback in the Media Player.
Q6 The playback screen of a DVD title or an MPEG file is only displayed on the LCD. (This only applies to nVidia graphics card.) A Video is displayed on a single display device by default, when LCD and CRT are selected simultaneously. 1. Right-click over the Desktop and select Properties from the pop-up menu. 2. In the [Display Properties] window, select the Settings tab > Advanced > GeForce Go xxxx tab. 3.
Q11 Pressing the shortcut key on the keyboard does not show the Samsung Display Manager icon. A The Samsung Display Manager icon only appears when both the Magic Keyboard and the Samsung Display Manager program are installed. Q12 I cannot set up Dual View properly. (For Intel Graphics only.) A This may happen when Clone mode is selected for an external monitor. Press the + key combination to select LCD and try to set up Dual View again.
Sound Related Q1 How to install and uninstall the sound driver A To install or uninstall the sound driver from this system, please follow the procedures below. • Sound Driver Components The sound driver consists of the following 3 components and the 3 components are automatically installed during the installation.
• Installing the Sound Driver after a Windows XP Reinstallation If you install the sound driver after reinstalling Windows XP, the Add Hardware Wizard (Modem Device) window may appear during the sound driver installation. This happens because the High Definition Audio - KB888111 Hotfix, which has been installed on your system, has changed the settings to search for both sound and modem devices. If you install the modem device, this message will not appear. If necessary, install the modem device together.
Modem Related Q1 I cannot hear the modem sound. A1 Check that the telephone line is properly connected to the modem. A2 Check that the modem driver is installed properly. 1. Click Start > Control Panel > Performance and Maintenance > System. 2. Select Hardware tab > Device Manager > Modems in the System Properties window, and check if there is a yellow exclamation mark on the installed modem icon.
4. In the Modem tab of the Modem Properties window, clear the 'Wait for dial tone before dialing' check box. 5. When the configuration is completed, click OK. Q3 How do I use my modem when dialing from overseas? A1 Check that the modem is correctly configured according to the current country. Because the values for communication may differ according to the country, you may not be able to connect via the modem due to an incorrect modem configuration. 1.
Wired LAN Related Q1 function A is a function that activates the system in rest mode when a signal (such as ping or magic packet commands) arrives from network (wired LAN). To use function: 1. Select My Network Places > View network connections from the Desktop. 2. Click the right button on the touchpad over Local Area Connection, and select Properties. 3. Click Configure, and select Power Management tab.
Wireless LAN Related Q1 The Wireless LAN device is operating properly, but I cannot connect to the Internet or to another computer. This is due to an incorrect configuration, or a configuration error. Check the following check lists: A1 If you are using a computer-to-computer (Ad Hoc) network connection, check that the name of the configured network (SSID) is correct. The network name (SSID) is case sensitive.
Q3 I cannot share an Internet connection. A1 It may require some time to synchronize the computers to share an Internet connection after the Internet connection sharing configuration is completed. If you cannot share Internet connection even after a longer period, restart the computer. A2 Check if the connection between the network adapters is configured to bridge.
A4 Verify whether the AP is operating properly. - When the AP is not operating normally, turn off the AP and after a short while turn it on again. - Verify whether the AP's firmware is the most recent version. (Contact the AP manufacturer or the place where you purchased the AP for details of the AP firmware.) A5 Verify whether the AP has been properly connected to the network.
Q5 In the Windows XP 'Available wireless networks' window, the Wireless Network Connection is displayed as 'Not Available'. A1 Check if the wireless LAN is turned on. A2 Check if there is additional program for a wireless LAN connection installed. Windows XP supports wireless LAN connections through the Wireless Zero Configuration (WZC) service. Therefore, an additional program for wireless LAN connection is not required, unless the network requires a specific program.
A2 Check the TCP/IP properties of the computers to be connected through the computer-to-computer (Ad Hoc) network. All of the computers to be connected through a computer-to-computer (Ad Hoc) network should be configured so that their IP addresses are within the same subnet range. - If the TCP/IP Settings are configured to DHCP, the address is automatically configured to an address within the subnet IP range. This will take about 2~3 minutes.
Q10 The wireless LAN does not work properly when there is a device operating on an adjacent frequency in the vicinity of the product. A1 Channel interference may occur when a wireless video transceiver or a microwave oven is being used.If you experience channel interference from other equipment, it is recommended changing the channel to connect to the AP. For more information about AP settings, refer to the User Manual supplied by the AP manufacturer. A2 Since IEEE802.
For more detailed network authentication procedures, ask your AP (Access Point) administrator. Q12 After PROSet is installed, The “AEGIS Protocol (IEEE 802.1x) v2.2.1.0” appears in the [Local Area Connection Properties] window. A The AEGIS Protocol is a security authentication protocol that is automatically installed when PROSet is installed and does not affect the operation of other programs.
Games and Programs Related Q1 3D game is not executed, or some functions are not working. A Change the graphic setting of the game to '2D' or 'Software Renderer', then execute the program again. Q2 I launched a game right after installing it, and the game is not executed. A This problem may occur when the game is not compatible with Windows XP. Launch the game again, and it will be executed properly. Q3 Key combination does not work.
Q7 The game screen is displayed small. A [nVidia Graphics] This may happen when the display settings are set to zoom out mode ('Use center output'). Change the settings as follows to fit the game screen to the LCD screen. 1. Right-click over the Desktop and select Properties from the pop-up menu. 2. In the [Display Properties] window, select the Settings tab > Advanced > GeForce Go 6600 tab. 3. In the Digital Flat Panel Settings field, select 'Display adapter scaling' and click the Apply button.
4. Click the Display Settings menu and the 'Power Settings'. 5. Unselect 'Intel Dual Frequency Graphics Technology' and then click the Apply button. Q9 The picture is not displayed properly for some games. A Some games such as 'Harry Potter and the Sorcerer's Stone', 'Harry Potter and the Chamber of Secrets', etc. may not display the picture properly when the screen resolution is set to 1024x768 and the color quality is set to 32 bit.
Security Center Q1 To change the popup window display settings when connected to the Internet. In the Windows XP SP2 environment, you can decide whether to display a popup window when connected to the Internet, for user convenience and security. A1 To display most of the popup windows when connected to the Internet: 1. Click on Internet Options in Start > Control Panel > Security Center > Manage security settings for. 2. In the Privacy tab of Internet Properties, clear Block pop-ups.
Q3 When you see a Windows Security Alert icon ( of the task bar. ) appear on the right part With the Security Center feature added, Windows XP SP2 checks the Firewall, the automatic updates configuration and installation of virus-checking programs to display a Windows Security Alert icon on the right part of the task bar when it judges that the computer is vulnerable to attacks from the Internet. In this case, check the following to install the necessary components. A1 Set up the Windows Firewall.
A5 If Windows does not recognize the existence of an anti-virus program even when it has been installed, your computer could be vulnerable to attacks from the Internet. You should install an anti-virus program that your computer is able to identify. Check the following programs which Windows can detect and select one from the list.
Using Magic Doctor Magic Doctor is troubleshooting software provided by Samsung Computer. A user can diagnose system problems via one-click or by selecting diagnostic items. 1. Click Start > All Programs > Samsung > Magic Doctor > Magic Doctor. 2. Click on an icon at the top of the screen. – OneClick Diagnosis: You can diagnose problems affecting the system connections and system operations via one-click. – User Diagnosis: You can select the necessary diagnostic items and diagnose system problems.
Restoring the System This description is only for models running Window XP. The System Restore function allows you to restore your computer to an earlier copy (called restore point), and restores the settings if a problem occurs.The System Restore function is provided by Windows XP to enable the resolution of various problems without reinstalling Windows XP completely. You can use System Restore in the following cases. • • • • The system files are deleted or damaged by mistake.
2. Select "Create a restore point", and click Next. Since changes made after the Recovery Point may not be maintained, please back-up all necessary files to another location before performing system recovery. 3. In the Restore point description box, type a name to identify the restore point, and than click Create. A restore point has been created.
Returning your computer to an earlier restore point The procedures to return your computer to an earlier restore point when a problem has occurred are described below. 1. Click Start > All Programs > Accessories > System Tools > System Restore. 2. Select "Restore my computer to an earlier time", and then click Next. 3. Select the desired restore date from the calendar restoration and select the desired restore point from the list, and then click Next.
The date of the restore point is displayed in bold font. 4. Confirm the selected restore point and click Next. System Restore shuts down Windows, and starts the restoration processes. 5. After the restoration is complete, Windows restarts. In the [System Restore completed] dialog, click OK.Your computer has been restored to the selected restore point. Undoing the last restoration The procedures to undo a restoration are described below. 1.
Reinstalling Software If you have reinstalled the Windows operating system, or the system and program do not operate properly, you can re-install the driver and program using the system software Media. This computer is optimized for Microsoft Windows XP, therefore drivers for other operating systems are not included on the System Software Media. Running the system software Media Insert the system software Media into the CD-ROM drive. The initial screen appears automatically.
Installing drivers and programs 1. Click Standard Installation in the main window of the System Software Media. (Standard Installation is recommended) 2. The system is scanned to display the drivers and programs that need to be installed. 3. Click OK. The drivers and programs are automatically installed as factory defaults. 4. When done, restart the system.
Reinstalling Windows XP If the Windows XP does not operate properly due to an error in the system, or if you have replaced the hard disk drive, you can reinstall Windows XP using the system recovery CD. With the system recovery CD, you can reinstall Windows XP only. To return the system to the state of shipment, reinstall the device drivers and programs with the system software Media after reinstalling Windows XP with the system recovery CD.
• Standard installation: You can change the settings for partitioning, the installation folder, etc. during the Windows installation. However, reinstalling Windows may delete the data on the hard disk drive such as files, programs, etc. In order to minimize damage from data loss, please remember to always back up data. • Quick Installation: This re-installs Windows with the user data and the system configuration intact.
7. When the Regional and Language Options window appears, click Next. 8. When a window that requires your name and organization pops up, enter your name and the organization and click Next. In the Windows XP Professional edition, an additional window that requires the computer name and the administrator password appears. Enter the computer name and the administrator password and click Next. 9. When the Date and Time Settings window appears, click Next. Setup will continue. 10.
If You Cannot Run Windows If you cannot run Windows, you have to boot the system with the system recovery CD, and reinstall Windows. If you boot the system from the system recovery CD, you can install Windows only with the user installation option. You cannot install with the standard installation option. 1. Insert the system recovery CD into the CD-ROM drive and start the computer. 2. If the following message appears on the screen, press any key from the keyboard. Press any key to boot from CD.....
Specifications System Specification The system specifications will be described below. The system specifications may differ depending on the derived models. Item Specification Remarks CPU Intel Core ™ processor Duo Intel Core ™ processor Solo Optional Cache memory 2MB Main memory 256/512MB / Max 4GB, Memory type : DDR2 SODIMM Optional Main Chipset Intel 945PM / 945GM , ICH7M Optional Hard disk drive (HDD) 9.5mmH 2.
Wireless LAN Specification (Optional) Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection Product Specification Item Physical Specifications Power Specification Network Specifications Detailed Specifications Dimensions (Width X Height) 30.0 x 50.95 mm operation temperature and humidity Same as system operation Power Saving Mode 70 mW Receiving Mode 0.95 W Transmission Mode 1.4 W Power 3.3V Compatibility IEEE802.11a, IEEE802.11b, IEEE802.
Abbreviations A . . . . . . . . . Amperes AC . . . . . . . . Alternating current ACPI . . . . . . Advanced Configuration and Power management Interface APM . . . . . . Advanced Power Management ATA. . . . . . . AT attachment (refers to the hard-drive interface in an ATcompatible computer) ATAPI. . . . . AT attachment packet interface BBS . . . . . . . Bulletin board system BIOS . . . . . . Basic input/output system C . . . . . . . . . Centigrade CD . . . . . . . . Compact disc CD-ROM . .
ISA . . . . . . . Industry Standard Architecture KB . . . . . . . . Kilobytes kg . . . . . . . . . Kilograms LAN. . . . . . . Local-area network lb.. . . . . . . . . Pounds LBA . . . . . . . Logical block addressing LCD. . . . . . . Liquid-crystal display m . . . . . . . . . Meters mA . . . . . . . . Milliampere mAhr . . . . . . Milliampere hour MB. . . . . . . . Megabyte mm . . . . . . . millimeter MPEG . . . . . Motion Picture Experts Group MPU . . . . . . Microprocessor unit ms . . . . . . . .
Glossary AC adapter The AC (or alternating current) adapter regulates current coming into your computer from the wall outlet. The current at the wall outlet is alternating current and needs to be changed by the adapter to DC (direct current) before your computer can use it for power.
CardBus CardBus technology enables the computer to use 32-bit PC Cards. Hardware in the computer and the Windows operating system provide support for the 32-bit cards. The voltage of 32-bit cards (3.3 volts) is lower than that of 16-bit cards (5 volts). The 32-bit cards can transmit more data at a time than the 16-bit cards, thus increasing their speed. CMOS memory CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor) memory is powered by the CMOS battery.
Hard drive Also called fixed disk. A hard drive is connected to the computer and can be installed or removed. Data written to a hard drive remains until it is overwritten or corrupted. The 2.5-inch hard drive in your computer was designed for use in a notebook computer. Because hard drives in notebook computers are smaller than those in desktop computers, their maximum storage capacity may be less than that of desktop hard drives.
PC Card PC Card stands for personal computer card. The Personal Computer Memory Card International Association (PCMCIA) defines the standards used to develop all PC Cards. PC Card types include: modems, Ethernet adapters, SCSI adapters, ATA cards, and memory cards. PC slot The PC slot is the hardware slot in the computer where the PC Card is placed. Pixel A pixel is an individual dot in a graphic displayed on your computer. The pixels are so close together that they look as though they are connected.
Shadow RAM A write-protected area of RAM that contains a copy of the BIOS. As the computer boots, the BIOS is copied from its permanent location in ROM to RAM. The BIOS can be executed much faster in RAM than in ROM. The BIOS remains in shadow RAM until you turn off the computer. TFT (thin film transistor) LCD A TFT LCD uses a separate transistor circuit to control each pixel. This technology provides the best resolution for an LCD screen. A TFT LCD is also sometimes called an active matrix LCD.
»ÃСÒÈ ËéÒÁäÁèãËé·Ó«éÓÊèǹ˹Öè§Êèǹ㴢ͧàÍ¡ÊÒùÕé ºÑ¹·Ö¡äÇéã¹Ãкº·ÕèÊÒÁÒö¹Ó¡ÅѺÁÒãªéä´éãËÁè ËÃ×ÍÊ觵èÍä´éäÁèÇèÒ¨Ðà»ç¹ ÃٻẺ ËÃ×ÍÇÔ¸Õ¡ÒÃã´æ äÁèÇèÒ¨Ðãªé¡Åä¡ ¡ÒöèÒÂàÍ¡ÊÒà ¡Òúѹ·Ö¡äÇéËÃ×Í´éÇÂÇÔ¸Õ¡ÒÃÍ×è¹æ â´ÂäÁèä´éÃѺ¡ÒÃ͹Ø−Òµà»ç¹ÅÒÂÅѡɳìÍÑ¡Éà ¨Ò¡ºÃÔÉÑ·¼Ùé¼ÅÔµ ¢éÍÁÙÅ㹤ÙèÁ×͹ÕéÍÒ¨ÁÕ¡ÒÃà»ÅÕè¹á»Å§â´ÂäÁèµéͧá¨é§ãËé·ÃÒºÅèǧ˹éÒ ºÃÔÉÑ·¼Ùé¼ÅÔµäÁè¢ÍÃѺ¼Ô´ªÍºã¹¤ÇÒÁ¼Ô´¾ÅÒ´·Ò§à·¤¹Ô¤ËÃ×ͨҡ¡ÒÃá¡éä¢ËÃ×Í¡ÒâҴËÒÂ仢ͧà¹×éÍËÒ㹤ÙèÁ×͹Õé ÊÓËÃѺ¤ÇÒÁ àÊÕÂÍÒ¨·ÕèÍÒ¨à¡Ô´¢Öé¹ËÃ×Íà¡Ô´¢Öé¹ÀÒÂËÅѧ·Õèà»ç¹¼ÅÁÒ¨Ò¡ ¡ÒûÃѺáµè§ »ÃÐÊÔ·
¢éÍÁÙÅÊÓ¤Ñ−à¡ÕèÂǡѺ¡ÒÃÃÑ¡ÉÒ¤ÇÒÁ»ÅÍ´ÀÑ ¤Óá¹Ð¹Óà¾×èͤÇÒÁ»ÅÍ´ÀÑ Ãкº¢Í§¤Ø³ä´éÃѺ¡ÒÃÍ͡ẺáÅз´Êͺà¾×èÍãËéµÃ§µÒÁÁҵðҹÅèÒÊØ´à¡ÕèÂǡѺ¤ÇÒÁ»ÅÍ´ÀÑ¢ͧÍØ»¡Ã³ìÊÒÃʹà·È ÍÂèÒ§äáçµÒÁ à¾×èÍãËéá¹èã¨ÇèÒ¨ÐãªéÍØ»¡Ã³ì¹Õéä´éÍÂèÒ§»ÅÍ´ÀÑ µéͧ·ÓµÒÁ¤Óá¹Ð¹Óà¾×èͤÇÒÁ»ÅÍ´ÀÑ·ÕèÃкØäÇé·Õè¼ÅÔµÀѳ±ì áÅÐã¹àÍ¡ÊÒäÙèÁ×Í·ÕèãËéÁÒ ¡ÃسҷӵÒÁ¤Óá¹Ð¹ÓàËÅèÒ¹Õéà¾×èͪèÇ»éͧ¡Ñ¹¡ÒÃä´éÃѺºÒ´à¨çºáÅСÒÃà¡Ô´¤ÇÒÁàÊÕÂËÒ¡Ѻà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì i ¡ÒõԴµÑé§Ãкº • ÍèÒ¹áÅл¯ÔºÑµÔµÒÁ¤Óá¹Ð¹Ó·ÕèÃкØäÇé·Õè¼ÅÔµÀѳ±ìáÅÐã¹àÍ¡ÊÒäÙèÁ×Í¡è͹·Õè¨ÐàÃÔèÁãªéà¤Ã×èͧ¤
¡ÒôÙáÅÃÐËÇèÒ§¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹ • ËéÒÁàËÂÕºÊÒÂä¿ËÃ×ÍËéÒÁäÁèãËéÁÕÊÔ觢ͧÇÒ§·ÑºÊÒÂä¿ • ËéÒÁãËé¢Í§àËÅÇã´æ ˡôà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ ÇÔ¸Õ¡Ò÷Õè´Õ·ÕèÊش㹡Òûéͧ¡Ñ¹¢Í§Ë¡Ã´à¤Ã×èͧ¤×Í¡ÒÃäÁè ÃѺ»ÃзҹÍÒËÒÃËÃ×Í´×èÁà¤Ã×èͧ´×èÁã¡Åéà¤Ã×èͧ • à¤Ã×èͧºÒ§à¤Ã×èͧÍÒ¨ÁÕẵàµÍÃÕè CMOS ·ÕèÊÒÁÒö¶Í´à»ÅÕè¹ä´éº¹àÁ¹ºÍÃì´ ÍÒ¨à¡Ô´ÍѹµÃÒ¨ҡ¡ÒÃÃÐàºÔ´ä´é • • ËÒ¡¡ÒÃà»ÅÕè¹ẵàµÍÃÕè CMOS äÁè¶Ù¡µéͧ ãËéà»ÅÕè¹ẵàµÍÃÕèẺà´ÔÁËÃ×ÍẺ·Õèà·Õºà·èÒ «Öè§ä´éÃѺ¡ÒÃá¹Ð¹Ó¨Ò¡ºÃÔÉÑ·¼Ùé¼ÅÔµ ¡Ó¨Ñ´áºµàµÍÃÕèµÒÁ¤Óá¹Ð¹Ó¢Í§ºÃÔÉÑ·¼Ùé¼ÅÔµ ËÒ¡µéͧà»ÅÕè¹ẵà
ËéÒÁãªéà¤Ã×èͧ㹾×é¹·Õè·ÕèÃкØÇèÒÍÒ¨à¡Ô´ÍѹµÃÒÂä´é â´Â¾×é¹·Õè´Ñ§¡ÅèÒÇ ¤Ãͺ¤ÅØÁ¶Ö§¾×é¹·ÕèÊÓËÃѺ´ÙáżÙé»èÇ ã¹âç¾ÂÒºÒÅËÃ×ͤÅÔ¹Ô¤·Ñ¹µ¡ÃÃÁ ÊÀÒÇзÕèÁÕÍÍ¡«ÔਹÁÒ¡ËÃ×Íã¹¾×é¹·Õè¢Í§âç§Ò¹ÍصÊÒË¡ÃÃÁ Written by: Daryl L.
• »ÅÑꡢͧÍØ»¡Ã³ìµéͧµÃ§µÒÁ¤Í¹¿Ô¡¡Ùàêѹ¢Í§Áҵðҹ EN 60 320/IEC 320 Standard Sheet C7 ÊÓËÃѺ¡ÒûéÍ¹ä¿ à¢éÒà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì ¢éÍÁÙÅÊÓ¤Ñ−à¡ÕèÂǡѺ¡ÒÃÃÑ¡ÉÒ¤ÇÒÁ»ÅÍ´ÀÑ v
ÃÒÂÅÐàÍÕ´à¡ÕèÂǡѺ¢éͺѧ¤ÑºµèÒ§æ ¤Óá¹Ð¹ÓÊÓËÃѺ¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹ÃкºäÇÃìàÅÊ ÍØ»¡Ã³ìÃкº LAN Ê×èÍÊÒôéǤÅ×è¹ÇÔ·ÂØ ¾Åѧ§Ò¹µèÓ (ÍØ»¡Ã³ìÊ×èÍÊÒÃäÇÃìàÅÊ´éǤÅ×蹤ÇÒÁ¶ÕèÇÔ·ÂØ (RF)) ·Ó§Ò¹´éǤÇÒÁ¶Õè 2.
ã¹ÊÀÒÇÐáÇ´ÅéÍÁ·ÕèÍÒ¨à¡Ô´ÍѹµÃÒÂ㹡ÒÃú¡ÇáÒ÷ӧҹ¢Í§ÍØ»¡Ã³ìÍ×è¹ ËÃ×Í¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹ÍÒ¨·ÓãËéà¡Ô´ ÍѹµÃÒÂËÃ×Íä´éÃѺÍѹµÃÒ ÍÒ¨¨ÐÁÕ¡ÒÃÃкءÒèӡѴ¡ÒÃãªéËÃ×ÍËéÒÁãªéÍØ»¡Ã³ìäÇÃìàÅÊ Ê¹ÒÁºÔ¹, âç¾ÂÒºÒÅ áÅо×é¹·Õè·ÕèÁÕÍÍ¡«ÔਹáÅÐá¡êÊ·ÕèµÔ´ä¿ä´é¤×͵ÑÇÍÂèҧʶҹ·Õè·ÕèÍÒ¨ÁÕ¡ÒèӡѴ¡ÒÃãªéËÃ×ÍËéÒÁãªéÍØ»¡Ã³ìäÇÃìàÅÊ àÁ×èÍÍÂÙèã¹ÊÀÒÇÐáÇ´ÅéÍÁ·Õè¤Ø³äÁèá¹èã¨ã¹¡ÒÃãªéÍØ»¡Ã³ìäÇÃìàÅÊ ãËéÊͺ¶ÒÁà¨éÒ˹éÒ·Õè¡è͹¡ÒÃà»Ô´ãªé§Ò¹ ÍØ»¡Ã³ìäÇÃìàÅÊ ã¹áµèÅлÃÐà·È¨ÐÁÕ¢éͨӡѴ¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹ÍØ»¡Ã³ìäÇÃìàÅÊ·ÕèᵡµèÒ§¡Ñ¹ä» à¹×èͧ¨Ò¡à¤Ã×èͧ¢Í§¤Ø³ÁÕ¡ÒõԴµÑé§ÁÒ ¾Ãé
»ÃÐà·ÈÊËÃÑ°ÍàÁÃÔ¡Ò ¢éÍ¡Ó˹´áÅлÃСÒÈ´éÒ¹¤ÇÒÁ»ÅÍ´ÀÑ¢ͧÊËÃÑ°ÍàÁÃÔ¡ÒáÅÐá¤¹Ò´Ò ËéÒÁÊÑÁ¼ÑÊËÃ×Íà¤Å×è͹ÂéÒÂàÊÒÍÒ¡ÒÈ¢³Ð·ÕèÍØ»¡Ã³ì¡ÓÑÅѧÃѺÊè§ÊÑ−−Ò³ ËéÒÁ¶×Íͧ¤ì»ÃСͺ㴷ÕèÁÕÇÔ·ÂØ â´ÂãËéàÊÒÍÒ¡ÒÈÍÂÙèã¡ÅéËÃ×ÍÊÑÁ¼ÑʡѺÃèÒ§¡Ò â´Â੾ÒÐãºË¹éÒËÃ×ʹǧµÒ ¢³Ð·ÕèÁÕ¡ÒÃÊè§ÊÑ−−Ò³ ËéÒÁãªéÇÔ·ÂØËÃ×;ÂÒÂÒÁÊ觢éÍÁÙÅ ËÒ¡äÁèä´éµèÍàÊÒÍÒ¡ÒÈ ÁԩйÑé¹ ÍØ»¡Ã³ìÇÔ·ÂØÍÒ¨àÊÕÂËÒÂä´é ãªéã¹ÊÀÒ¾áÇ´ÅéÍÁ·ÕèÃкØà·èÒ¹Ñé¹: ¡ÒÃãªéÍØ»¡Ã³ìäÃéÊÒÂã¹¾×é¹·Õè«Öè§ÁÕÍѹµÃÒ¨ÐÁÕ¢éͨӡѴµÒÁ·Õè¼ÙéÍӹǡÒýèÒ¤ÇÒÁ»ÅÍ´ÀÑ¢ͧáµèÅÐʶҹ·ÕèÃкØäÇé ¡ÒÃãªéÍØ»¡Ã³ìäÃéÊÒÂã¹à¤Ã
ÍØ»¡Ã³ìäÃéÊÒÂÍ×è¹æ »ÃСÒÈà¾×èͤÇÒÁ»ÅÍ´ÀÑÂÊÓËÃѺÍØ»¡Ã³ìÍ×è¹æ ã¹à¤Ã×Í¢èÒÂäÃéÊÒÂ: â»Ã´ÍèÒ¹àÍ¡ÊÒ÷ÕèÁÒ¾ÃéÍÁ¡ÑºÍÐá´»àµÍÃìÍÕà¸ÍÃìà¹çµäÃéÊÒ ËÃ×ÍÍØ»¡Ã³ìÍ×è¹æ ã¹à¤Ã×Í¢èÒÂäÃéÊÒ ¤Óàµ×͹: ÍØ»¡Ã³ìÇÔ·ÂØ Part 15 ¨Ð·Ó§Ò¹â´ÂäÁèÁÕÊÑ−−ҳú¡Ç¹¡ÑºÍØ»¡Ã³ìÍ×è¹·Õè·Ó§Ò¹ã¹ªèǧ¤ÇÒÁ¶Õèà´ÕÂǡѹ ¡ÒÃá¡éä¢ËÃ×Í´Ñ´á»Å§¼ÅÔµÀѳ±ì´Ñ§¡ÅèÒÇ ·ÕèäÁèÁÕ¡ÒÃ͹ØÁѵÔÍÂèÒ§ªÑ´à¨¹â´Â Intel ÍÒ¨·ÓãËéÊÔ·¸Ôì㹡ÒÃãªéÍØ»¡Ã³ì¢Í§¼Ùéãªéà»ç¹âÁ¦Ð Unintentional Emitter ¢Í§ FCC Êèǹ 15 ÍØ»¡Ã³ì¹ÕéµÃ§µÒÁ¢éͺѧ¤ÑºÊèǹ 15 ¢Í§ FCC ¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹µéͧà»ç¹ä»µÒÁà§×è͹䢵èÍ仹Õé:
ÍØ»¡Ã³ìÃѺÊè§ÊÑ−−Ò³¹ÕéµéͧäÁè·Ó§Ò¹ã¡Åé¡ÑºàÊÒÍÒ¡ÒÈËÃ×Íà¤Ã×èͧÃѺÊè§Í×è¹ ¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹ÍØ»¡Ã³ì¹Õéµéͧà»ç¹ä»µÒÁà§×è͹ä¢Êͧ»ÃСÒõèÍ仹Õé: (1) ÍØ»¡Ã³ì¹ÕéäÁè·ÓãËéà¡Ô´ÊÑ−−ҳú¡Ç¹·Õèà»ç¹ÍѹµÃÒÂáÅÐ (2) ÍØ»¡Ã³ì¹ÕéÊÒÁÒöÃѺÊÑ−−ҳú¡Ç¹ã´æ ÃÇÁ·Ñé§ÊÑ−−Ò³·ÕèÍÒ¨Ê觼ŵèÍ¡Ò÷ӧҹ·ÕèäÁè¾Ö§»ÃÐʧ¤ì¢Í§ÍØ»¡Ã³ì¹Õéä´é ÍØ»¡Ã³ìäÇÃìàÅÊäÁèÊÒÁÒö«èÍÁá«Áä´éâ´Â¼Ùéãªé ËéÒÁ·Ó¡ÒÃá¡éä¢äÁèÇèҡóÕã´æ ¡ÒôѴá»Å§ÍØ»¡Ã³ìäÇÃìàÅÊ ¨Ð·ÓãËéÊÔé¹ÊØ´¡ÒÃ͹Ø−ÒµãËéãªé§Ò¹ÍØ»¡Ã³ì¹Ñé¹ µÔ´µèͺÃÔÉÑ·¼Ùé¼ÅÔµà¾×èÍÃѺ¡ÒëèÍÁá«Á »ÃСÒÈ FCC SÊÓËÃѺ¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹ Wireless LAN: "
à¾×è͵Ñé§â»Ãá¡ÃÁ¢éÍÁÙÅàËÅèÒ¹Õéŧã¹à¤Ã×èͧâ·ÃÊÒâͧ¤Ø³ â»Ã´´Ù¤ÙèÁ×ͧ͢«Í¿µìáÇÃì¡ÒÃÊ×èÍÊÒ÷Õèãªé á¤¹Ò´Ò Unintentional Emitter per ICES-003 ÍØ»¡Ã³ì´Ô¨ÔµÍŹÕéäÁèà¡Ô¹¢Õ´¨Ó¡Ñ´¤ÅÒÊ B Ê−ÓËÃѺ¡ÒÃÊè§ÊÑ−−ҳú¡Ç¹ÇÔ·ÂبҡÍØ»¡Ã³ì´Ô¨ÔµÍŵÒÁ¢éͺѧ¤Ñº ÇèÒ´éÇ¡ÒÃÊè§ÊÑ−−ҳú¡Ç¹¢Í§ÇÔ·ÂصÒÁÁҵðҹÍصÊÒË¡ÃÃÁã¹á¤¹Ò´Ò Le prŽsent appareil numŽrique nÕŽmet pas de bruits radioŽlectriques dŽpassant les limitesapplicables aux appareils numŽriques de Classe B prescrites dans le rglement sur le brouillage radioŽlectrique ŽdictŽ par Indu
á¨é§ãËé·ÃÒºà¡ÕèÂǡѺàÍ¡ÊÒôéÒ¹¡ÒÃÊ×èÍÊÒà (ÊÓËÃѺ¼ÅÔµÀѹ±ì·ÕèÁÕ¡ÒõԴµÑé§âÁà´çÁÁҵðҹ IC) ©ÅÒ¡ Industry Canada ¨ÐÁÕ¡ÒÃÃкØäÇéãËé¡ÑºÍØ»¡Ã³ì·Õè¼èÒ¹Áҵðҹ ¡ÒÃÃѺÃͧ¹ÕéËÁÒ¶֧¡Ò÷ÕèÍØ»¡Ã³ìµÃ§µÒÁÁҵðҹ ¡Òûéͧ¡Ñ¹¢Í§à¤Ã×Í¢èÒÂâ·Ã¤Á¹Ò¤Á ¡Ò÷ӧҹ áÅФÇÒÁµéͧ¡ÒÃ㹡ÒÃÃÑ¡ÉÒ¤ÇÒÁ»ÅÍ´ÀÑ ˹èǧҹäÁèÃѺÃͧÇèÒÍØ»¡Ã³ì ¨Ð·Ó§Ò¹ä´éµÃ§µÒÁ¤ÇÒÁ¾Í㨢ͧÅÙ¡¤éÒ ¡è͹µÔ´µÑé§ÍØ»¡Ã³ì¹Õé ¼Ùéãªé¤ÇõÃǨÊͺãËéá¹èã¨ÇèÒä´éÃѺ͹Ø−ÒµãËéàª×èÍÁµè͡ѺÍØ»¡Ã³ì¢Í§ºÃÔÉÑ·â·Ã¤Á¹Ò¤Áã¹¾×é¹·Õè ¡ÒõԴµÑé§ ÍØ»¡Ã³ìµéͧ·ÓµÒÁÇÔ¸Õ¡ÒÃ㹡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµèÍ·Õè¶Ù¡µéͧ 㹺Ò
ÊËÀÒ¾ÂØâû »ÃСÒÈà¡ÕèÂǡѺà¤Ã×èͧËÁÒÂáÅÐÁҵðҹ CE ¢Í§ÊËÀÒ¾ÂØâû ¼ÅÔµÀѳ±ì·Õè¼ÅÔµà¾×èͨÓ˹èÒÂã¹ÊËÀÒ¾ÂØâû¨ÐÁÕà¤Ã×èͧËÁÒ Conformité Européene (CE) «Öè§áÊ´§¶Ö§¤ÇÒÁÊÍ´¤Åéͧ¡Ñº¢éÍ¡Ó˹´áÅÐÁҵðҹ¢Í§ÂØâû ÃÇÁ¶Ö§º·á¡é䢴ѧ·ÕèÃкصèÍ仹Õé ÍØ»¡Ã³ì¹ÕéÂѧÁÕà¤Ã×èͧËÁÒÂÃÐºØ Class 2 ¢éÍÁÙŵèÍ仹ÕéãªéÊÓËÃѺà¤Ã×èͧ·ÕèÁÕ¡ÒõԴ©ÅÒ¡ CE à·èÒ¹Ñé¹ ¤ÓÊÑ觢ͧÊËÀÒ¾ÂØâû ÍØ»¡Ã³ìÊÒÃʹà·È¹Õéä´é¼èÒ¹¡Ò÷´ÊͺáÅеçµÒÁÁҵðҹ ¢éÍ¡Ó˹´µèÒ§æ ¢Í§¡ÅØèÁ»ÃÐà·ÈÂØâû ¤×Í: • EMC Directive 89/336/EEC áÅФÓá¡é䢢éͺѧ¤Ñº 92/31/EEC & 93/68/EEC – E
â»Ã´´Ù¢éͨӡѴ¢Í§ 802.11b áÅÐ 802.11g ÊÓËÃѺáµèÅлÃÐà·ÈËÃ×ÍÀÙÁÔÀÒ¤¢Í§»ÃÐà·È ã¹ËÑÇ¢éÍ “¢éͨӡѴ¢Í§à¢µàÈÃÉ°¡Ô¨ÂØâû” ´éÒ¹ÅèÒ§ »ÃСÒȤÇÒÁÊÍ´¤Åéͧ©ºÑºá»Å [English] This product follows the provisions of the European Directive 1999/5/EC. [Danish] Dette produkt er i overensstemmelse med det europæiske direktiv 1999/5/EC [Dutch] Dit product is in navolging van de bepalingen van Europees Directief 1999/5/EC. [Finnish] Tämä tuote noudattaa EU-direktiivin 1999/5/EC määräyksiä.
¢éͨӡѴ㹾×é¹·ÕèÊÓËÃѺ¡ÒÃãªéÇÔ·ÂØ 802.11b/802.11g [ËÁÒÂà˵ض֧¼ÙéÃǺÃÇÁ: »ÃСÒȵèÍ仹Õéà¡ÕèÂǡѺ¢éͨӡѴ㹾×é¹·Õè ¨Ðµéͧä´éÃѺ¡ÒÃà¼Âá¾Ãèã¹àÍ¡ÊÒ÷Ñé§ËÁ´¢Í§¼Ùéãªé ·ÕèãËéÁÒ¾ÃéÍÁ¡ÑºÃкºËÃ×ͼÅÔµÀѳ±ì·ÕèÁÕ¼ÅÔµÀѳ±ì Intel PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection] à¹×èͧ¨Ò¡¤ÇÒÁ¶Õè·Õèãªéâ´ÂÍØ»¡Ã³ì LAN äÃéÊÒ 802.11b/802.11g ÍÒ¨ÂѧäÁèµÃ§¡Ñ¹·Ñé§ËÁ´ã¹·Ø¡»ÃÐà·È ¼ÅÔµÀѳ±ì 802.11b/802.
¢éÍÁÙÅâ·Ã¤Á¹Ò¤Á¢Í§¡ÅØèÁ»ÃÐà·ÈÂØâû (ÊÓËÃѺ¼ÅÔµÀѹ±ì·ÕèÁÕ¡ÒõԴµÑé§âÁà´çÁ·Õèä´éÃѺ¡ÒÃÃѺÃͧâ´Â EU) ¡ÒÃÁÕÊÑ−Åѡɳì áÊ´§¶Ö§¡Ò÷ÕèÍØ»¡Ã³ì¹ÕéµÃ§µÒÁ¢éͺѧ¤ÑºÇèÒ´éÇÂÇÔ·ÂØáÅÐÍØ»¡Ã³ìÊ×èÍÊÒà 1999/5/EC à¤Ã×èͧËÁÒ ´Ñ§¡ÅèÒÇÍØ»¡Ã³ì¹ÕéµÃ§µÒÁËÃ×Í´Õ¡ÇèÒÁҵðҹ·Ò§à·¤¹Ô¤µèÍ仹Õé: CTR 21 Ð ¤ÇÒÁµéͧ¡ÒÃÊÓËÃѺÁҵðҹᾹÂÙâÃà»Õ¹㹡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµè͡Ѻà¤Ã×Í¢èÒÂÊÇÔ·ªìâ·ÃÈѾ·ìÊÒ¸ÒóÐá͹ÒÅçÍ¡ (PSTNs) ËÃ×Í TE (äÁèÃÇÁºÃÔ¡ÒÃàÊÕ§·Ò§â·ÃÈѾ·ì¢Í§ TE) ·ÕèÁÕ¡ÒÃÃкØã¹à¹çµàÇÔÃì¡ ËÒ¡ÁÕ¨ÐËÁÒ¶֧¡Ò÷ÕèãªéÊÑ−−Ò³ Dual Tone MultiFrequency (DTMF) áÁéÇèÒÍØ
¡ÒÃãªéàÍ¡ÊÒà ¢ÍáÊ´§¤ÇÒÁÂÔ¹´Õ¡Ñº¡ÒÃàÅ×Í¡«×éͤÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃìâ¹éμºØꤷÕèÁÒ¾ÃéÍÁ¡ÑºÃкº»¯ÔºÑμÔ¡Òà Windows® XP äÁèÇèҤس¨ÐÂѧãËÁè¡Ñº¡ÒÃãªé ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃìẺ¾¡¾ÒËÃ×Íà»ç¹¼Ùéãªé·ÕèÁÕ»ÃÐʺ¡ÒÃ³ì ¤ÙèÁ×Í¡ÒÃãªéÊÒÁÒöªèÇÂãËé¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöãªé»ÃÐ⪹ìÊÙ§ÊØ´ä´é¨Ò¡à¤Ã×èͧ ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ ¡ÒèѴÃٻẺàÍ¡ÊÒà äͤ͹¢éÍÁÙÅ ã¹àÍ¡ÊÒùÕé¨ÐÁÕ¡ÒÃãªéäͤ͹áÅТéͤÇÒÁÊÒÁ»ÃÐàÀ· äͤ͹¢éÍÁÙŨлÃÒ¡¯ÍÂÙè¡è͹¢Ñé¹μ͹/¢éÍÁÙÅ·ÕèÁÕ: ¤Óàμ×͹: áÊ´§¶Ö§¡ÒÃÍÒ¨·ÓãËéà¡Ô´ÍѹμÃÒ¡ѺÃèÒ§¡ÒÂä´é ¢éͤÇÃÃÐÇѧ: àμ×͹¤Ø³à¡ÕèÂǡѺâÍ¡ÒÊ㹡ÒêÓÃØ´¢Í§ÍØ»¡Ã³ìËÃ×Í¢éÍÁÙÅ ËÁÒÂàË
¡ÒáÓ˹´ª×èÍãËé¡ÑºÍØ»¡Ã³ì«Õ´ÕÃÍÁ ã¹â»Ãá¡ÃÁμÔ´μÑé§ËÅÒÂæ â»Ãá¡ÃÁ¤Ø³μéͧ·Óâ´ÂμÔ´μÑ駨ҡ«Õ´ÕÃÍÁ ÅӴѺ¡ÒÃμÔ´μÑé§â»Ãá¡ÃÁ¨Ð¶×ÍÇèÒä´Ã¿ì«Õ´ÕÃÍÁ¤×Íä´Ã¿ì d:\ ÍÂèÒ§äáçμÒÁÍÒ¨¨ÐäÁè¨Óà»ç¹àÊÁÍä» ÍÑ¡ÉÃÃкØä´Ã¿ì«Õ´ÕÃÍÁÍÒ¨à»ç¹ÍÑ¡ÉÃÍ×è¹·ÕèμÒÁËÅѧª×èÍÎÒÃì´ä´Ã¿ìμÑÇÊØ´·éÒÂã¹à¤Ã×èͧ¡çä´é μÑÇÍÂèÒ§àªè¹ ËÒ¡ÎÒÃì´´ÔÊ¡ì¢Í§¤Ø³ÁÕ¡ÒÃáºè§¾ÒÃì·ÔªÑ¹ ¨Ð·ÓãËéÎÒÃì´´ÔÊ¡ìà»ç¹ä´Ã¿ì C: áÅÐ D: áÅÐä´Ã¿ì«Õ´ÕÃÍÁ¤×Íä´Ã¿ì E: ¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹·Ñªá¾´ ¤Ø³ÍÒ¨ä´éÃѺ¡ÒâÍãËé¤ÅÔ¡ËÃ×ʹѺàºÔŤÅÔ¡·ÕèÃÒ¡Ò÷Õè»ÃÒ¡¯º¹Ë¹éÒ¨Í ¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹·Ñªá¾´¨Ð·Ó§Ò¹àËÁ×͹¡Ñº¡ÒÃãªéàÁÒÊì ẺÅéÍ
àÃÔèÁμé¹ ÃÙé¨Ñ¡¡Ñºà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ ÁØÁÁͧ´éҹ˹éÒ ¨Í LCD »ØèÁ AVS (¹. 48) »ØèÁà¾ÒàÇÍÃì ÅÓ⾧ ÅÓ⾧ ¿áÊ´§Ê¶Ò¹Ð (¹. 14) á»é¹¾ÔÁ¾ì (¹. 8) ·Ñªá¾´/»ØèÁ¢Í§·Ñªá¾´ (¹. 11) »ØèÁ LCD ¿áÊ´§Ê¶Ò¹Ð (¹. 14) ÊÅçÍμÁÑÅμÔ¡ÒÃì´ (¹.
ÁØÁÁͧ´éÒ¹¢ÇÒ ¾ÍÃìμ͹ءÃÁ (ÍØ»¡Ã³ìàÊÃÔÁ) ÊÇÔμªì LAN äÃéÊÒ ¾ÍÃìμ USB (2.0) ä´Ã¿ì«Õ´Õ (μÑÇàÅ×Í¡ ¹. 21) ¾ÍÃ×μàÍÒμì¾Øμ TV (S-Video) ¾ÍÃìμ USB (2.0) ¾ÍÃìμ͹ءÃÁ 㹡ÒÃãªé¾ÍÃìμ͹ءÃÁ ¤Ø³μéͧàª×èÍÁμèÍÊÒ´ͧà¡ÔÅ·ÕèãËéÁҡѺ¾ÍÃìμ͹ءÃÁ áÅÐàª×èÍÁμèÍÍØ»¡Ã³ì·Õèãªé¾ÍÃìμ͹ءÃÁà¢éҡѺÊÒ´ͧà¡ÔÅ ÃкºÍÒ¨äÁèÃͧÃѺÍØ»¡Ã³ìẺ͹ءÃÁºÒ§»ÃÐàÀ· ÁØÁÁͧ´éÒ¹«éÒ á¨ç¤ DC ¾ÍÃìμÁ͹ÔàμÍÃì ¾Ñ´ÅÁÃкÒ ¤ÇÒÁÃé͹ 4 ¤ÙèÁ×ͼÙéãªé ÊÅçÍμ¾Õ«Õ¡ÒÃì´ (¹. 31) ¾ÍÃìμ LAN (¹. 56) á¨ê¤àδ⿹ / á¨ç¤ S/PDIF äÁâ¤Ã⿹ á¨ç¤ ¾ÍÃìμâÁà´çÁ (μÑÇàÅ×Í¡ ¹.
ÁØÁÁͧ´éÒ¹ËÅѧ áºμàμÍÃÕè (¹. 97) ¾ÍÃìμÅçÍ¡à¾×èÍ»éͧ¡Ñ¹ à¤Ã×èͧÊÙ−ËÒ (¹. 104) ÁØÁÁͧ´éÒ¹ÅèÒ§ ÊÅÑ¡ÂÖ´áºμàμÍÃÕè ·Õèàª×èÍÁμèÍʶҹÕμèÍ¢ÂÒ (μÑÇàÅ×Í¡) ªèͧãÊè˹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó (¹.
¡ÒÃà»Ô´áÅлԴà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì ¡ÒÃà»Ô´à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì 1. ãÊèáºμàμÍÃÕèáÅéÇμèÍÊÒÂ俢ͧÍÐá´»àμÍÃì AC μÒÁÇÔ¸Õ¡Òâͧ¤Óá¹Ð¹Ó㹡ÒÃμÔ´μÑé§ 2. ¡ LCD ¢Öé¹¢³Ð·Õè¡´ »ØèÁ LCD 3. ¡´»ØèÁà¾ÒàÇÍÃì ¡ÒûԴà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì 1. ¤ÅÔ¡»ØèÁ start ( ) ·Õè·ÒÊ¡ìºÒÃì 2. ¤ÅÔ¡àÅ×Í¡ Turn Off Computer.
3.
¡ÒÃãªéá»é¹¾ÔÁ¾ì ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ÁÕ»ØèÁ·Ñé§ËÁ´ 88 »ØèÁ ¡Òá´»ØèÁ·Õè¡Ó˹´¾ÃéÍÁ¡Ñ¹ ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöà¢éÒãªé¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹ËÅÑ¡æ ä´éàËÁ×͹¡Ñº¡ÒÃãªéá»é¹¾ÔÁ¾ìÁÒμðҹ ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹áÅлØèÁà¾×èͧҹ¾ÔàÈÉ »ØèÁ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹ »ØèÁ Windows »ØèÁμÑÇàÅ¢ »ØèÁá;¾ÅÔपѹ »ÃѺ¤ÇÒÁÊÇèÒ§¢Í§Ë¹éÒ¨ÍáÅÐ ¤ÇÒÁ´Ñ§àÊÕ§/»ØèÁ·ÔÈ·Ò§ áÁéÇèÒ¡ÒèѴàÃÕ§¢Í§»ØèÁμèÒ§æ ã¹á»é¹¾ÔÁ¾ì¢Í§à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³¨Ðáμ¡μèҧ仨ҡá»é¹¾ÔÁ¾ì¢Í§ à¤Ã×èͧà´Ê¡ì·Í» áμè¤ÇÒÁÃÙéÊ֡㹡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹¨ÐäÁèÁÕ¤ÇÒÁáμ¡μèÒ§¡Ñ¹áμèÍÂèҧ㴠»ØèÁμèÒ§æ º¹á»é¹¾ÔÁ¾ìÍÒ¨¨Ñ´¡ÅØèÁËÅÑ¡æ ä´é´Ñ§¹Õé: • á»é¹¾ÔÁ¾
¡ÒÃãªéá»é¹¾ÔÁ¾ìμÑÇàÅ¢ á»é¹¾ÔÁ¾ì¢Í§¤Ø³¨ÐÁÕ»ØèÁμÑÇàÅ¢ «Öè§à»ç¹¡ÅØèÁ¢Í§»ØèÁ·Õè¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöãªé¾ÔÁ¾ìμÑÇàÅ¢áÅÐÊÑ−ÅѡɳìμèÒ§æ ·Ò§¤³ÔμÈÒÊμÃìä´é àªè¹à¤Ã×èͧËÁÒºǡ ËÁÒÂàÅ¢ËÃ×ÍÊÑ−Åѡɳì·ÕèÊèǹÁØÁ¢Í§»ØèÁ¡´áμèÅлØèÁ¨ÐÁÕÊÑ−ÅѡɳìáÊ´§¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹·Ò§¤³ÔμÈÒÊμÃì ËÅÍ´ LED áÊ´§ Num Lock ¡´»ØèÁ à¾×èÍà»Ô´ãªé§Ò¹¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹»ØèÁμÑÇàÅ¢ ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹μÑÇàÅ¢¢Í§á»é¹¾ÔÁ¾ì¨Ð¶Ù¡à»Ô´ãªé§Ò¹àÁ×èÍä¿ LED ¢Í§ Num Lock μÔ´ÍÂÙè (”¤ÇÒÁËÁÒ¢ͧä¿áÊ´§Ê¶Ò¹Ð” (¹.
¡ÒÃãªé»ØèÁ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹¾ÔàÈÉ »ØèÁ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹¨ÐàÃÕ¡ãªé¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹¾ÔàÈÉμèÒ§æ àÁ×èÍÁÕ¡Òá´¾ÃéÍÁ¡Ñº»ØèÁÍ×è¹æ ¡ÒÃãªé»ØèÁ ¼ÊÁ ª×èÍ»ØèÁ ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹¢Í§»ØèÁ Êáμ¹´ìºÒ ¡Ó˹´ãËé¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃìà¢éÒÊÙèâËÁ´Êáμ¹´ìºÒ 㹡ÒÃÍÍ¡¨Ò¡âËÁ´Êáμ¹´ìºÒ ãËé¡´»ØèÁà»Ô´ (¹. 93) Gauge áÊ´§ÃдѺ¾Åѧ§Ò¹·ÕèàËÅ×ͧ͢áºμàμÍÃÕè ¨Ð»ÃÒ¡¯à©¾ÒСóշÕèμÔ´μÑé§â»Ãá¡ÃÁ Samsung Display Manager äÇé LCD/CRT ÊÅѺ˹éÒ¨ÍÃÐËÇèÒ§¨Í LCD áÅÐ˹éÒ¨Íμè;èǧÀÒ¹͡àÁ×èÍÁÕ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμèͨÍÀÒ¹͡ (¹.
¡ÒÃãªé·Ñªá¾´ ã¹ Windows ¤Ø³¨ÐàËç¹ÃÙ»¡ÃÒ¿Ô¡àÅç¡æ º¹Ë¹éÒ¨ÍàÊÁÍ «Öè§áÊ´§μÓá˹觷Õè¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöÊÑ觧ҹμèÍä»ä´é ÃÙ»àÅç¡æ ¹ÕéàÃÕ¡ÇèҾ͹ìàμÍÃì «Öè§â´Â»¡μÔ¨ÐáÊ´§à»ç¹ÃÙ»ÅÙ¡Èà ( ) ËÃ×ÍμÑÇ I ( ) ·Ñªá¾´ »ØèÁμèÒ§æ ¢Í§·Ñªá¾´ ·Ñªá¾´·Õèà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ªèÇÂãËé¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöàÅ×è͹¾Í¹ìàμÍÃìä»ÁÒº¹¨Í LCD ä´é àªè¹à´ÕÂǡѺ¡ÒÃãªéàÁÒÊìà¾×èÍ àÅ×è͹ã¹à¤Ã×èͧà´Ê¡ì·Í» »ØèÁ¢Í§·Ñªá¾´ªèÇÂãËé¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöÊÑ觧ҹ¾Í¹ìàμÍÃìä´é àªè¹ ¡ÒÃàÅ×Í¡ÃÒ¡ÒÃËÃ×Í¡ÒÃãªé¤ÓÊÑè§ ¡ÒÃÅçͤ·Ñªá¾´ ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöÅçͤ·Ñªá¾´ áÅÐãªé੾ÒÐá»é¹¾ÔÁ¾ìáÅÐàÁÒÊì 㹡ÒÃÅçͤ·Ñªá¾´
¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöÊÑ觧ҹμèÒ§æ ä´éâ´Âãªé·Ñªá¾´ ´Ñ§¤Ó͸ԺÒÂμèÍ仹Õé d ¡Ò÷ӧҹ ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹ ¡Ãкǹ¡Òà àÅ×è͹ àÅ×è͹¾Í¹ìàμÍÃì ÇÒ§¹ÔéÇŧº¹·Ñªá¾´áÅéÇàÅ×è͹¹ÔéÇä»ã¹ ·ÔÈ·Ò§·Õèμéͧ¡Òà ¤ÅÔ¡ àÅ×Í¡Íͺਡμì à»Ô´àÁ¹Ù ËÃ×ͤÅÔ¡»ØèÁ àÅ×è͹¾Í¹ìàμÍÃìä»äÇéà˹×ÍÍͺਡμì·Õè μéͧ¡Òà ãËé¡´»ØèÁ«éÒ¢ͧ·Ñªá¾´Ë¹Ö觤ÃÑé§ ËÃ×͹Ӿ͹ìàμÍÃìä»ÇÒ§äÇéà˹×ÍÍͺਡμì áÅéÇãªé¹ÔéÇá·ç»·Õè·Ñªá¾´Ë¹Ö觤ÃÑé§ ´ÑºàºÔŤÅÔ¡ à»Ô´â»Ãá¡ÃÁËÃ×Íà»Ô´ä¿Åì àÅ×è͹¾Í¹ìàμÍÃìä»äÇéà˹×ÍÍͺਡμì ãËé¡´ »ØèÁ«éÒ¢ͧ·Ñªá¾´Ë¹Ö觤ÃÑé§ ËÃ×͹Ӿ͹ìàμÍÃìä»ÇÒ§äÇéà˹×ÍÍͺਡμ
¡Ò÷ӧҹ ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹ ¡Ãкǹ¡Òà àÅ×è͹ áÊ´§Êèǹº¹/ÅèÒ§/«éÒÂ/¢ÇÒ ¢Í§ à¹×éÍËÒã¹ÇÔ¹â´Çì ÇÒ§¹ÔéÇ·Õè¢Íº¢ÇÒËÃ×ͧ͢ÅèÒ§¢Í§·Ñªá¾´áÅéÇ àÅ×è͹ã¹á¹ÇμÑé§ËÃ×Íá¹Ç¹Í¹ (ãªéä´é੾ÒСѺá;¾ÅÔपѹºÒ§»ÃÐàÀ· à·èÒ¹Ñé¹) ¡ÃسÒãªé·Ñªá¾´â´Âãªé¹ÔéÇà·èÒ¹Ñé¹ ¡ÒÃãªéÍØ»¡Ã³ì·ÕèáËÅÁ¤ÁÍÒ¨·ÓãËé·Ñªá¾´àÊÕÂËÒÂä´é ¡ÒÃÊÑ觧ҹ·Ñªá¾´ËÃ×Í»ØèÁ¢Í§·Ñªá¾´¢³Ð·ÕèºÙμà¤Ã×èͧÍÒ¨·ÓãËéàÇÅÒ㹡ÒúÙμ Windows à¾ÔèÁ¢Öé¹ àÃÔèÁμé¹ 13
¤ÇÒÁËÁÒ¢ͧä¿áÊ´§Ê¶Ò¹Ð áÊ´§Ê¶Ò¹Ð¡Ò÷ӧҹ¢Í§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì 14 ¤ÙèÁ×ͼÙéãªé Num Lock ¨ÐμÔ´àÁ×èÍÁÕ¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹»ØèÁμÑÇàÅ¢ Caps Lock ¨ÐμÔ´àÁ×èÍÁÕ¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹ÍÑ¡ÉÃμÑǾÔÁ¾ìãË−è Scroll Lock ¨ÐμÔ´àÁ×èÍÁÕ¡ÒáÓ˹´ãËéàÅ×è͹˹éҨ͢Öé¹áÅÐŧâ´Â·ÕèäÁèà»ÅÕè¹μÓá˹觢ͧà¤ÍÃìà«ÍÃìÀÒÂã¹ á;¾ÅÔपѹºÒ§»ÃÐàÀ· ÎÒÃì´´ÔÊ¡ìä´Ã¿ì / ä´Ã¿ì«Õ´ÕÃÍÁ ¡Ð¾ÃÔºàÁ×èÍÎÒÃì´´ÔÊ¡ìËÃ×Íä´Ã¿ì«Õ´ÕÃÍÁ¡ÓÅѧ·Ó§Ò¹ LAN äÃéÊÒ ÊÇèÒ§àÁ×èÍãªé§Ò¹¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹ LAN äÃéÊÒ (俹Õé¨ÐäÁè·Ò¹ÊÓËÃѺÃØè¹·ÕèäÁèÁÕÃкº LAN äÃéÊÒÂ) áºμàμÍÃÕè ÊÇèÒ§à»ç¹ÊÕà¢ÕÂÇ – àÁ×èÍáºμàμÍÃÕèÁ
¡ÒûÃѺ¤ÇÒÁÊÇèÒ§¢Í§¨Í LCD ÃдѺ¤ÇÒÁÊÇèÒ§¢Í§¨Í LCD ÁÕ·Ñé§ËÁ´ 8 ÃдѺ´éÇ¡ѹ (1: ÊÇèÒ§¹éÍ·ÕèÊØ´ ~ 8: ÊÇèÒ§·ÕèÊØ´) ¡ÒûÃѺâ´Âãªéá»é¹¾ÔÁ¾ì ¡´»ØèÁ +< > ËÃ×Í +< > ¨Ò¡á»é¹¾ÔÁ¾ìà¾×èÍ»ÃѺÃдѺ¤ÇÒÁÊÇèÒ§¢Í§¨Í LCD àÁ×èÍã´¡çμÒÁ·Õè¤Ø³à»Ô´à¤Ã×èͧËÃ×Íà»ÅÕè¹áËÅ觨èÒÂä¿ ÃдѺ¤ÇÒÁÊÇèÒ§¢Í§¨Í¨Ðà»ÅÕè¹ä»μÒÁ¡ÒÃμÑ駤èҴѧ¹Õé • àÁ×èÍãªé¡ÃÐáÊä¿ AC: ¤ÇÒÁÊÇèÒ§ÃдѺ 8 • àÁ×Íè ãªé俨ҡáºμàμÍÃÕè: ¤ÇÒÁÊÇèÒ§ÃдѺ 1 ¡ÒûÃѺ¤ÇÒÁÊÇèÒ§â´Âãªé Battery Manager ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒö»ÃѺ¤ÇÒÁÊÇèÒ§¢Í§¨ÍÀÒ¾â´Âãªé Battery Manager (¹.
¡ÒûÃѺ¤ÇÒÁ´Ñ§àÊÕ§ ¡ÒûÃѺâ´Âãªéá»é¹¾ÔÁ¾ì ¡´»ØèÁ +< > ËÃ×Í +< > ¨Ò¡á»é¹¾ÔÁ¾ì ¡ÒûÃѺâ´Âãªéâ»Ãá¡ÃÁ»ÃѺ¤ÇÒÁ´Ñ§àÊÕ§ ¤ÅÔ¡äͤ͹ ÃдѺàÊÕ§ ( ) ·Õè·ÒÊ¡ìºÒÃì áÅéÇ»ÃѺᶺàÅ×è͹ä»ÂѧÃдѺ·Õèμéͧ¡Òà ÊÓËÃѺμÑÇàÅ×Í¡¡ÒûÃѺÃдѺàÊÕ§Ẻ«Ñº«é͹ ãËé´ÑºàºÔŤÅÔ¡·Õèäͤ͹ ÃдѺàÊÕ§ ( àÊÕ§¨Ò¡â»Ãá¡ÃÁ¤Çº¤ØÁ ¢³Ð·Õèà»Ô´à¤Ã×èͧ ÍÒ¨à¡Ô´àÊÕ§¨Ò¡¡ÒúÙμä´é 16 ¤ÙèÁ×ͼÙéãªé ) áÅéÇ»ÃѺÃдѺ¤ÇÒÁ´Ñ§
ÃÙé¨Ñ¡¡Ñº Windows à¢éÒ㨡Ò÷ӧҹ¡Ñºà´Ê¡ì·Í» à´Ê¡ì·Í»¤×;×é¹·Õè·Ó§Ò¹¢Í§à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì â´Â»ÃСͺ´éǾ×é¹·Õè·Ó§Ò¹¢¹Ò´ãË−èáÅзÒÊ¡ìºÒÃì·ÕèÊèǹÅèÒ§ äͤ͹ªçÍμ¤Ñ· àÁ¹Ù Start Recycle Bin ᶺÀÒÉÒ »ØèÁ Start ·ÒÊ¡ìºÒÃì «ÔÊàμçÁà·ÃÂìáÅйÒÌÔ¡Ò »ØèÁ Start à»Ô´àÁ¹Ù Start ·ÒÊ¡ìºÒÃì áÊ´§â»Ãá¡ÃÁμèÒ§æ ·Õè¡ÓÅѧãªé§Ò¹ÍÂÙèã¹¢³Ð¹Ñé¹ áÅÐÊÒÁÒö¹Óäͤ͹·ÕèãªéºèÍ ÇÒ§äÇéä´éÍÕ¡´éÇ Recycle Bin ä¿ÅìáÅÐâ¿Åà´ÍÃìμèÒ§æ ·Õè¶Ù¡Åº¨Ð¶Ù¡Êè§ÁÒ·Õè¹Õè ᶺÀÒÉÒ ÊÅѺÀÒÉÒÊÓËÃѺ¡ÒÃÍÔ¹¾Øμ ÃÙé¨Ñ¡¡Ñº Windows 17
à¢éÒ㨡Ò÷ӧҹ¢Í§àÁ¹Ù Start àÁ¹Ù Start »ÃСͺ´éÇ·ءæ ÍÂèÒ§·Õè¨Óà»ç¹ã¹¡ÒÃàÃÔèÁãªé§Ò¹ Windows ¨Ò¡àÁ¹Ù Start ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöÃѹâ»Ãá¡ÃÁ à»Ô´ä¿Åì ¡Ó˹´ ¼Ùéãªé¢Í§Ãкºâ´Âãªé Control Panel ¢ÍÃѺ¤ÇÒÁªèÇÂàËÅ×Íâ´Â¡ÒäÅÔ¡·Õè ÇÔ¸ÕãªéáÅСÒÃʹѺʹع ¤é¹ËÒÃÒ¡Ò÷Õèμéͧ¡Òèҡ ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃìËÃ×ÍÍÔ¹àμÍÃìà¹çμä´éâ´Â¡ÒäÅÔ¡·Õè ¤é¹ËÒ My Computer Control Panel â»Ãá¡ÃÁ·ÕèãªéºèÍ ÇÔ¸ÕãªéáÅСÒÃʹѺʹع â»Ãá¡ÃÁ·Ñé§ËÁ´ »ØèÁ Start 18 ¤ÙèÁ×ͼÙéãªé My Computer áÊ´§¢éÍÁÙŢͧÎÒÃì´´ÔÊ¡ì, ä´Ã¿ì«Õ´ÕÃÍÁ,ä´Ã¿ìà¹çμàÇÔÃì¡áÅпÅçÍ»»Õé´ÔÊ¡ì áÅÐÊÒÁÒöã
à¢éÒ㨡Ò÷ӧҹ¢Í§ÇÔ¹â´Çì ÇÔ¹â´Çì¤×Íͧ¤ì»ÃСͺ¾×鹰ҹ㹡Ò÷ӧҹ¡Ñºà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì ÇÔ¹â´Çì My Computer à»ç¹ÇÔ¹â´ÇìÊÓËÃѺáÊ´§¢éÍÁÙÅ ÎÒÃì´´ÔÊ¡ì ¨Ð¶Ù¡ãªéà»ç¹μÑÇÍÂèÒ§à¾×èÍáÊ´§Í§¤ì»ÃСͺμèÒ§æ ¢Í§ÇÔ¹â´Çì ¤ÅÔ¡ Start > My Computer äͤ͹â¿Åà´ÍÃì äμàμÔźÒÃì àÁ¹ÙºÒÃì »ØèÁ»Ô´ »ØèÁ¢ÂÒ »ØèÁÂèÍ ÇÔ¹â´Çì Quick Task â¿Åà´ÍÃì ä¿Åì ´ÑºàºÔŤÅÔ¡àÍ¡ÊÒà ·ÕèÁÕ¡ÒÃáªÃìËÃ×Í´ÔÊ¡ì μèÒ§æ ¤Ø³¨ÐàËç¹ä¿ÅìáÅÐ â¿Åà´ÍÃìμèÒ§æ ´ÑºàºÔŤÅÔ¡·ÕèÎÒÃì´´ÔÊ¡ì (ä´Ã¿ìã¹à¤Ã×èͧ) à¾×èÍ´Ùâ¿Åà´ÍÃìáÅÐä¿ÅìμèÒ§æ ÀÒÂã¹â¿Åà´ÍÃì¹Ñé¹æ ËÒ¡äÁèÁÕ¡ÒÃáÊ´§ ¢éÍÁÙÅÀÒÂ
ÈÙ¹ÂìÇÔ¸ÕãªéáÅСÒÃʹѺʹع ÈÙ¹ÂìÇÔ¸ÕãªéáÅСÒÃʹѺʹع (Help and Support Center) ÊÒÁÒöãªéÍéÒ§ÍÔ§áÅд٢éÍÁÙÅà¾×èÍ¡ÒÃá¡é䢻Ñ−ËÒ à¡ÕèÂǡѺ¡ÒÃãªé¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃìä´é ¤ÅÔ¡ Start > Help and Support Windows XP Tour ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒö´Ù¢éÍÁÙÅà¡ÕèÂǡѺ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹μèÒ§æ ·ÕèÁÕã¹ Windows XP ä´é â´Â¤ÅÔ¡ Start > Tour Windows XP ËÃ×ͤÅÔ¡ Start > All Programs > Accessories > Tour Windows XP ¤ÅÔ¡·ÕèáμèÅÐËÑÇ¢éÍà¾×èÍËÒ¢éÍÁÙÅà¡ÕèÂǡѺ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹μèÒ§æ ¢Í§ Windows XP 20 ¤ÙèÁ×ͼÙéãªé
¡ÒÃãªé¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì ¡ÒÃãªéä´Ã¿ì«Õ´ÕÃÍÁ ¤Ø³ÁÕä´Ã¿ìẺã´áººË¹Öè§μèÍ仹ÕéμÔ´μÑé§äÇéã¹à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ ä´Ã¿ CD-ROM ÍèÒ¹á¼è¹«Õ´ ä´Ã¿ì DVD-ROM ÍèÒ¹á¼è¹«Õ´ÕáÅдÕÇÕ´ ä´Ã¿ì RW-Combo ÍèÒ¹á¼è¹ CD/DVD áÅÐà¢Õ¹á¼è¹ CD ä´é ä´Ã¿ì DVD Super Multi Drive ÍèÒ¹á¼è¹ CD/DVDs áÅÐà¢Õ¹¢éÍÁÙÅŧá¼è¹ CD/DVDs »ÃÐàÀ·¢Í§ DVD ·Õèãªéä´éÁÕ DVD ± R, DVD ± RW áÅÐ DVD-RAM ä´Ã¿ì«Õ´ÕÃÍÁà»ç¹ÍØ»¡Ã³ì³àÊÃÔÁ â»Ã´ÍèÒ¹á¤μμÒÅçÍ¡¼ÅÔμÀѳ±ì à¾×èÍ´ÙÃÒÂÅÐàÍÕ´à¡ÕèÂǡѺ¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒÐ ¡ÒÃãÊèá¼è¹«Õ´Õ 1. ¡´»ØèÁ¹Óá¼è¹ÍÍ¡·Õè´éÒ¹¢ÇҢͧä´Ã¿ì«Õ´ÕÃÍÁ 2.
¡ÒùÓá¼è¹«Õ´ÕÍÍ¡ 1. ËÂØ´¡ÒÃà¢éÒãªé§Ò¹ä´Ã¿ì«Õ´ÕÃÍÁà¾×èÍãËéá¹èã¨ÇèÒÊÑ−−Ò³ä¿ LED áÊ´§¡ÒÃà¢éÒãªé§Ò¹ä´Ã¿ì«Õ´ÕÃÍÁËÂØ´¡ÃоÃÔº 2. ¡´»ØèÁ¹Óá¼è¹ÍÍ¡·Õè´éÒ¹¢ÇҢͧä´Ã¿ì«Õ´ÕÃÍÁ 3. àÁ×èͶҴÇÒ§«Õ´ÕàÅ×è͹ÍÍ¡ ãËé¹Óá¼è¹«Õ´ÕÍÍ¡¨Ò¡¶Ò´¹Ñé¹ 4.
¡ÒÃãªéâ»Ãá¡ÃÁ Windows Media Player Window Media Player ªèÇÂãËé¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöàÅè¹áÅШѴ¡ÒÃä¿ÅìàÊÕ§áÅÐÇÔ´ÕâÍä´é ¡ÒÃà»Ô´â»Ãá¡ÃÁ Windows Media Player ãËé¤ÅÔ¡ Start > All Programs > Accessories > Entertainment > Windows Media Player ¡ÒÃÃѹâ»Ãá¡ÃÁà»ç¹¤ÃÑéè§áá¨ÐáÊ´§Ë¹éҨ͡ÒÃμÑ駤èÒ ¡Ó˹´¡ÒÃμÑ駤èÒμÒÁ¤Óá¹Ð¹Óº¹·Õè»ÃÒ¡¯Ë¹éÒ¨Í àÁ×èÍμÑ駤èÒàÊÃç¨áÅéÇ Ë¹éÒ¨ÍμèÍ仹Õé¨Ð»ÃÒ¡¯¢Öé¹ ¤Ø³ÊÁºÑμÔ à¾ÅÂìÅÔÊμì ¾×é¹·Õè¤Çº¤ØÁ¡ÒÃàÅè¹ ËÁÒÂàËμØ ã¹¡Òô٢éÍÁÙÅÃÒÂÅÐàÍÕ´¡ÒÃãªé Windows Media Player: àÃÕ¡ãªé Windows Media Player áÅФÅÔ¡¢ÇÒà˹×
¡ÒÃà¢Õ¹¢éÍÁÙÅÅ§ã¹«Õ´Õ (μÑÇàÅ×Í¡) ËÒ¡¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ÁÕä´Ãì¿ CD-RW ·Õè ¤Ø³¨ÐÊÒÁÒö¤Ñ´ÅÍ¡¢éÍÁÙÅä»Âѧá¼è¹«Õ´Õà»ÅèÒËÃ×ÍÊÃéÒ§á¼è¹ÍÍ´ÔâÍ«Õ´Õä´é ¤Ø³¨ÐäÁèÊÒÁÒöà¢Õ¹¢éÍÁÙÅŧã¹á¼è¹«Õ´Õ·ÕèÁÕ¢éÍÁÙźѹ·Ö¡ÍÂÙèáÅéÇ 1. ãÊèá¼è¹«Õ´Õà»ÅèÒŧã¹ä´Ã¿ì«Õ´ÕÃÍÁ 2. ã¹ä´ÍÐÅçÍ¡ [CD Drive] ãËéàÅ×Í¡ Open Writable CD Folder áÅéǤÅÔ¡ OK ¨Ð»ÃÒ¡¯ÇÔ¹â´Çì¢Í§ä´Ã¿ì«Õ´ÕÃÍÁ¢Öé¹ 3. ¤ÅÔ¡ Start > My Computer 4.
à¾ÅÔ¹¡ÑºâÎÁà¸ÕÂàμÍÃì (S/PDIF Port) ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³Ê¹ÑºÊ¹Ø¹àÍÒμì¾ØμẺ 5.1 ᪹à¹Å «Öè§à»ç¹¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹¾×é¹°Ò¹¢Í§ÃкºâÎÁà¸ÕÂàμÍÃì áÅÐä´Ã¿ì DVD â´ÂãËé¤Ø³ÀÒ¾àÊÕ§Ẻ 3D áÅÐ˹éҨͷÕè¤ÁªÑ´ ÍÐää×ÍÃкºâÎÁà¸ÕÂàμÍÃì? ÃкºâÎÁà¸ÕÂàμÍÃì ÁÑ¡¨Ð»ÃСͺ´éÇÂâ·Ã·Ñȹì, DVD, ÅÓ⾧Ẻ 5.1 ᪹à¹ÅáÅÐáÍÁ»ì´Ô¨ÔμÍÅáÅÐ˹éÒ¨Í ¤ÇÒÁÅÐàÍÕ´ÊÙ§ (MPEG2) áÅÐÃкºàÊÕ§à«ÍÃìÃÒǹ´ìẺ 3D (Dolby 5.
¢Ñé¹·Õè 1. àª×èÍÁμèÍÃкºÅÓ⾧Ẻ 5.1 ᪹à¹Åà¢éҡѺà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ 1. μèÍá¨ç¤ S/PDIF ¢Í§ÃкºáÅÐáÍÁ»ì»ÅÔ¿ÒÂàÍÍÃìẺ 5.1 ᪹à¹Å 2. μèÍÅÓ⾧à¢éҡѺáÍÁ»ì»ÅÔ¿ÒÂàÍÍÃì (·ÓμÒÁ¤Óá¹Ð¹Ó㹤ÙèÁ×ͧ͢ÅÓ⾧ 3. ¡ÒÃàÃÕ¡´Ù¼èÒ¹â·Ã·Ñȹì ãËéàª×èÍÁμèÍâ·Ã·ÑȹìáÅéÇà»ÅÕè¹ÍØ»¡Ã³ìáÊ´§¼Å»Ñ¨¨ØºÑ¹ãËéà»ç¹â·Ã·Ñȹìã¹ Display Properties ”¡ÒÃãªéÍØ»¡Ã³ìáÊ´§¼ÅÀÒ¹͡” (¹. 90) â·Ã·ÑÈ¹ì «ÑºÇÙ¿à¿ÍÃì ´Ô¨ÔμÍÅáÍÁ»ì»ÅÔ¿ÒÂàÍÍÃì ÅÓ⾧˹éÒ¢ÇÒ ÅÓ⾧˹éÒ«éÒ ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì ÅÓ⾧¡ÅÒ§ ÅÓ⾧à«ÍÃìÃÒǹ´ì«éÒ ÅÓ⾧à«ÍÃìÃÒǹ´ì¢ÇÒ ¢Ñé¹μ͹·Õè 2.
¢Ñé¹·Õè 3. à»Ô´àÍÒμì¾Øμ S/PDIF ã¹â»Ãá¡ÃÁ DVD 㹡ÒÃãªéÅÓ⾧ 5.1 ᪹à¹Å ¤Ø³μéͧμÔ´μÑé§â»Ãá¡ÃÁ CyberLink Power DVD ¨Ò¡ «Õ´Õ CyberLink DVD Solution Installation CD (ËÃ×Í System software Media) ·ÕèÁҡѺ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì ¨Ò¡¹Ñé¹à»ÅÕ蹡ÒÃμÑ駤èҴѧμèÍ仹Õé CyberLink PowerDVD à»ç¹â»Ãá¡ÃÁàÊÃÔÁ áÅÐÍÒ¨äÁèÁÕãËé㹺ҧÃØè¹ 1. àÃÕ¡ãªéâ»Ãá¡ÃÁ CyberLink Power DVD áÅФÅÔ¡·Õèäͤ͹ Configuration ( ) 2.
¡ÒÃãªéÊÅçÍμ Multi Card àÁ×èÍãªéÊÅçÍμ Multi Card ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöãªé¡ÒÃì´Ë¹èǤÇÒÁ¨Óàªè¹ Memory Stick, Memory Stick Pro, SD Card, MMC ËÃ×Í XD Card à¾×èÍà»ç¹´ÔÊ¡ì·Õè¶Í´à¢éÒÍÍ¡ä´é ÊÓËÃѺ¡ÒÃáÅ¡à»ÅÕè¹¢éÍÁÙÅÃÐËÇèÒ§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì¡ÑºÍØÖ»¡Ã³ì´Ô¨ÔμÑÅÍ×è¹æ àªè¹¡Åéͧ´Ô¨ÔμÑÅ Memory Stick Memory Stick Pro SD Card MMC XD Card ÊÅçÍμÁÑÅμÔ¡ÒÃì´à»ç¹ÍØ»¡Ã³ìàÊÃÔÁáÅÐÍÒ¨äÁèÁÕÍÂÙè㹺ҧÃØè¹ ¢éͨӡѴ¢Í§¡ÒÃãªé¡ÒÃì´Ë¹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöãªé¡ÒÃì´Ë¹èǤÇÒÁ¨Óà¾×èÍà¡çº¢éÍÁÙÅà·èÒ¹Ñé¹ ÍØ»¡Ã³ì¹ÕéäÁèÃͧÃѺ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹¡ÒäØéÁ¤ÃͧÅÔ¢ÊÔ·¸Ôì ¡ÒÃãÊèáÅÐã
1. ãÊè¡ÒÃì´Ë¹èǤÇÒÁ¨Óã¹ÊÅçÍμ Multi Card 2. ¤ÅÔ¡ Start > My Computer ¨Ð»ÃÒ¡¯àÁâÁÃÕè¡ÒÃì´·ÕèÊÍ´à¢éÒ仢Öé¹ Memory Stick 3. ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöà¢Õ¹¢éÍÁÙÅŧã¹àÁâÁÃÕè¡ÒÃì´ä´é 㹡óշÕèàÁâÁÃÕè¡ÒÃì´¹Ñé¹ÂѧäÁèä´éÃѺ¡ÒÿÍÃìáÁμ ãËé·Ó¡ÒÿÍÃìáÁμ ¡è͹¹ÓÁÒãªé§Ò¹ à¹×èͧ¨Ò¡àÁâÁÃÕè¡ÒÃì´ÍÒ¨ÁÕ¡ÒÃËÅØ´Ãèǧä´é§èÒ¢³Ð·Õèà¤Å×è͹ÂéÒÂà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì ´Ñ§¹Ñé¹ãËéà¡çºàÁâÁÃÕè¡ÒÃì´ á¡äÇéμèÒ§ËÒ¡ ¡ÒùÓá¼è¹àÁâÁÃÕè¡ÒÃì´ÍÍ¡ 1. ¡´»ÅÒ¢ͧàÁâÁÃÕè¡ÒÃì´àºÒæ à¾×èÍãËé´Õ´μÑÇÍÍ¡ÁÒ 2.
¡ÒÿÍÃìáÁμá¼è¹àÁâÁÃÕè¡ÒÃì´ ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöãªéàÁâÁÃÕè¡ÒÃì´ä´éËÅѧ¨Ò¡·Ó¡ÒÿÍÃìáÁμáÅéÇà·èÒ¹Ñé¹ â´Â¢Ñé¹μ͹㹡ÒÿÍÃìáÁμàÁâÁÃÕè¡ÒÃì´Áմѧ¹Õé à¹×èͧ¨Ò¡¡ÒÿÍÃìáÁμ¨Ðź¢éÍÁÙÅ·Ñé§ËÁ´ã¹àÁâÁÃÕè¡ÒÃì´ ¤Ø³¨Ö§¤ÇÃμÃǨÊͺãËéá¹èã¨àÊÕ¡è͹ÇèÒäÁèÁÕ¢éÍÁÙÅ ÊÓ¤Ñ−ã´æ ËŧàËÅ×ÍÍÂÙè㹡ÒÃì´¡è͹·Õè¨Ð·Ó¡ÒÿÍÃìáÁμ ¡Òûéͧ¡Ñ¹¢éÍÁÙÅã¹àÁâÁÃÕè¡ÒÃì´ ãËéàÅ×è͹ᶺ»éͧ¡Ñ¹¢éÍÁÙŢͧ Memory Stick ËÃ×Í SD memory card ä»ÂѧμÓá˹è§Åçͤ 1. ¤ÅÔ¡ Start > My Computer 2. ¡´»ØèÁ¢ÇҢͧ·Ñªá¾´àÁ×èÍàÅ×Í¡·Õèä´Ã¿ìàÁâÁÃÕè¡ÒÃì´ áÅéÇàÅ×Í¡ Format ¨Ò¡àÁ¹Ù»çÍ»ÍÑ» 3.
¡ÒÃãªéÊÅçÍμ PC ÊÒÁÒöà¾ÔèÁ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹μèÒ§æ ä´éâ´Â¡ÒÃãÊèá¼è¹ PCMCIA ŧã¹à¤Ã×èͧ à¤Ã×èͧ¹ÕéÊÒÁÒöãªé¡ÒÃì´ 16/32 ºÔμ, PCMCIA Ẻ type I ËÃ×Í II ä´é ÊÅçÍμ¡ÒÃì´ PC äÁèÊÒÁÒöÃͧÃѺ¡ÒÃì´ ZV ËÃ×Í PCMCIA III ä´é ¡ÒÃãÊè¡ÒÃì´ PCMCIA ¡è͹ãªéÊÅçÍμ PC ãËé»Å´ÍØ»¡Ã³ì»éͧ¡Ñ¹ÊÅçÍμÍÍ¡¡è͹ ´Ñ¹»ØèÁ»Å´¢Í§ÊÅçÍμ¡ÒÃì´ PC ˹Ö觤ÃÑé§à¾×èÍãËé»ØèÁ´Õ´μÑÇÍÍ¡ ¡´»ØèÁÍÕ¡¤ÃÑé§à¾×è͹ÓÍØ»¡Ã³ì»éͧ¡Ñ¹ÊÅçÍμÍÍ¡ 1.
¡ÒùӡÒÃì´ PCMCIA ÍÍ¡ 1. ´ÑºàºÔŤÅÔ¡·Õèäͤ͹ Safely Removes Hardware ( ) º¹·ÒÊ¡ìºÒÃì 2. ·Õèä´ÍÐÅçÍ¡ºçÍ¡«ì [Safely Remove Hardware] ãËéàÅ×Í¡¡ÒÃì´ PCMCIA ·ÕèàËÁÒÐÊÁáÅéǤÅÔ¡ Stop 3. àÁ×èÍ»ÃÒ¡¯ä´ÍÐÅçÍ¡ºçÍ¡«ì [Stop a Hardware Device] ¢Öé¹ ãËé¤ÅÔ¡ OK 4. ¤ÅÔ¡ Close à¾×èͻԴä´ÍÐÅçÍ¡ºçÍ¡«ì [Safely Remove Hardware] 5. ´Ñ¹»ØèÁ¹Ó¡ÒÃì´ÍÍ¡¢Í§ÊÅçÍμ¡ÒÃì´ PC ˹Ö觤ÃÑé§ »ØèÁ¨Ð´Õ´μÑÇÍÍ¡ 6.
¡ÒÃãªé EasyBox ãªéâ»Ãá¡ÃÁ EasyBox à¾×èÍãªé¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹μèÒ§æ ¢Í§ Windows ä´é§èÒÂáÅÐÊдǡ àÃÕ¹ÃÙéà¡ÕèÂǡѺ EasyBox ´ÑºàºÔŤÅÔ¡·Õèäͤ͹ EasyBox ( ) º¹à´Ê¡ì·Í» (ËÃ×ÍàÅ×Í¡ Start > All Programs > Samsung > EasyBox > EasyBox) • System: ÁդسÊÁºÑμÔ¡ÒèѴ¡ÒÃÃкºãËéàÅ×Í¡ãªé ÃÇÁ·Ñ駡Òà defrag ´ÔÊ¡ì, ¡ÒÃźä¿Åì/â¿Åà´ÍÃì·ÕèäÁèä´éãªé, ¡ÒáÓ˹´ μÒÃÒ§¡ÒèѴ¡ÒÃà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃìáÅСÒáÙéÃкº • BIOS: ã¹âËÁ´ windows ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöàÃÕ¡ãªé¤èÒμÑé§μ鹢ͧ BIOS áÅÐà»ÅÕè¹ÅӴѺ¡ÒúÙμ • Desktop: ¤Ø³ÊÁºÑμÔ¡ÒèѴ¡ÒÃà´Ê¡ì·Í»»ÃСͺ´éÇ¡ÒÃà»ÅÕ
¡ÒÃãªé EasyBox ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹¡ÒèѴ¡ÒäÇÒÁ»ÅÍ´ÀѨÐÁÕ¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹ã¹·Õè¹Õéà¾×èÍà»ç¹μÑÇÍÂèÒ§à¾×èÍáÊ´§¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹¢Í§ Easybox ¡ÒáÓ˹´¤èҤ͹¿Ô¡¢Í§ä¿ÃìÇÍÅÅì Windows Firewall ·Ó˹éÒ·Õè»éͧ¡Ñ¹¼Ùéãªé·ÕèäÁèä´éÃѺ͹Ø−Òμ¨Ò¡¡ÒÃà¢éÒãªé§Ò¹Ãкº¢Í§¤Ø³¼èÒ¹·Ò§à¹çμàÇÔÃì¡ËÃ×ÍÍÔ¹àμÍÃìà¹çμ 1. ¤ÅÔ¡ Start > All Programs > Samsung > EasyBox > EasyBox 2. ¤ÅÔ¡Security ¨Ò¡àÁ¹ÙºÒÃì´éÒ¹º¹ 3. àÅ×Í¡ Windows Firewall Settings ¨Ò¡àÁ¹Ù Security ·Ò§´éÒ¹«éÒ 4. àÅ×Í¡ÃдѺä¿ÃìÇÍÅÅì 5.
¡ÒÃãªé Samsung Update Plus Samsung Update Plus ¤×Í«Í¿μìáÇÃì·ÕèãªéμÃǨÊͺáÅÐÍÑ»à´μ«Í¿μìáÇÃìáÅÐä´ÃàÇÍÃìμèÒ§æ ¢Í§ Samsung ·ÕèμÔ´μÑé§äÇéã¹à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì Samsung ¢Í§¤Ø³ãËéà»ç¹àÇÍÃìªÑ¹ÅèÒÊØ´ ¡ÒÃãªé Samsung Update Plus ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³μéͧàª×èÍÁμè͡ѺÍÔ¹àμÍÃìà¹çμ ¡ÒÃÍÑ»à´μ«Í¿μìáÇÃìáÅÐä´ÃàÇÍÃì¢Í§ Samsung 1.
¡ÒÃÍÑ»à´μáμèÅÐÃÒ¡ÒÃμéͧ·Óᡨҡ¡Ñ¹ ËÒ¡¤Ø³àÅ×Í¡ Install â´Â·ÕèÃÒ¡ÒÃÍÑ»à´μμéͧμÔ´μÑé§á¡¨Ò¡¡Ñ¹ ¨Ð»ÃÒ¡¯¢éͤÇÒÁá¨é§ãËé¤Ø³·ÃÒº ·ÓμÒÁ¤Óá¹Ð¹Óà¾×èÍ·Ó¡ÒÃμÔ´μÑé§ãËé¶Ù¡μéͧ ¡ÒÃáÊ´§ÃÒ¡ÒÃÍÑ»à´μÍÑμâ¹ÁÑμÔ â´Â¤èÒ´Õ¿ÍÅμì ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ä´éÃѺ¡ÒáÓ˹´¤èҤ͹¿Ô¡ãËé¤é¹ËÒ¡ÒÃÍÑ»à´μâ´ÂÍÑμâ¹ÁÑμÔ ËÒ¡ÁÕ¡ÒÃÍÑ»à´μ ãËÁèæ ¨ÐÁÕ¡ÒÃá¨é§ãËé·ÃÒºÀÒÂã¹¾×é¹·Õèá¨é§àμ×͹ ¤ÅÔ¡ºÍÅÅÙ¹¢Í§äͤ͹ÇÔ¸Õãªéã¹¾×é¹·Õèá¨é§àμ×͹ «Ö觤س¨Ð ÊÒÁÒö¾ºàÇÍÃìªÑ¹ÅèÒÊØ´¢Í§¡ÒÃÍÑ»à´μä´é ¡ÒÃà»ÅÕ蹡ÒáÓ˹´¤èÒÍÑ»à´μÍÑμâ¹ÁÑμÔ ãËé¤ÅÔ¡»ØèÁ Configuration ã¹ÃÙ»·Õè 2 áÅÐà»ÅÕ
¡ÒÃãªé AVStation premium AVStation premium à»ç¹â»Ãá¡ÃÁÁÑÅμÔÁÕà´ÕÂÀÒÂã¹Ãкº ·ÕèªèÇÂãËé¼ÙéãªéÊÒÁÒöʹءʹҹ¡Ñº´¹μÃÕ ÀÒ¾¶èÒ ÇÔ´ÕâÍ ÀҾ¹μÃì áÅÐÍ×è¹æ ÍÕ¡ÁÒ¡ÁÒÂã¹â»Ãá¡ÃÁà´ÕÂÇ • • • • AVStation premium à»ç¹â»Ãá¡ÃÁàÊÃÔÁ áÅÐÍÒ¨äÁèÁÕãËé㹺ҧ ÃØè¹ Ë¹éҨͷÕèãªé㹤ÙèÁ×͹ÕéÍÒ¨μèҧ仨ҡ˹éҨͨÃÔ§ μÒÁàÇÍÃìªÑ¹¢Í§â»Ãá¡ÃÁ Ê¶Ò¹Õ TV ¨ÐÁÕãËé੾ÒÐã¹Ãкº·ÕèÃͧÃѺ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹ TV à·èÒ¹Ñé¹ ÊÓËÃѺÇÔ¸Õãªéâ´ÂÅÐàÍÕ´ â»Ã´ÍèÒ¹ÇÔ¸Õãªé¢Í§â»Ãá¡ÃÁ ¡ÒÃàÃÔèÁμé¹áÅÐÃٻẺ˹éÒ¨Í ã¹¡ÒÃàÃÕ¡ãªéâ»Ãá¡ÃÁ ãËéàÅ×Í¡ Start > All Programs > Samsung > AVSta
MUSIC Station àÃÕ¡ãªé AVStation premium áÅФÅÔ¡·Õè MUSIC ·Õè Station Bar z x c b z àÁ¹ÙºÒÃì¢Í§ MUSIC x Station Bar c MUSIC Library v Register a File b à¾ÅÂìÅÔÊμì n »ØèÁ¤Çº¤ØÁà¾ÅÂìÅÔÊμì m »ØèÁ¤Çº¤ØÁ¡ÒÃàÅè¹ , ¡ÒäǺ¤ØÁÃдѺàÊÕ§ . μÑÇàÅ×Í¡¡ÒÃàÅè¹ / »ØèÁ¡ÒÃμÑ駤èÒ EDS n v m , .
3. á·Ã礷ÕèÍÂÙè㹫մÕà¾Å§¨Ð»ÃÒ¡¯¢Öé¹ã¹à¾ÅÂìÅÔÊμì áÅÐà¤Ã×èͧ¨ÐàÅè¹á·Ãç¤ááâ´ÂÍÑμâ¹ÁÑμÔ ËÒ¡ÁÕ«Õ´Õã¹ä´Ã¿ì«Õ´ÕÍÂÙèáÅéÇ ãËé´ÑºàºÔŤÅÔ¡·Õè ª×èÍÍÑźÑéÁ ã¹â¿Åà´ÍÃì Audio CD ¢Í§ Library áÅÐà¾ÔèÁá·Ãç¤ã¹à¾ÅÂìÅÔÊμì Ãкº¨ÐáÊ´§á·Ã礷Õèà¾ÔèÁŧã¹à¾ÅÂìÅÔÊμì ¡ÒÃà»Ô´ä¿Åìà¾Å§ ËÒ¡ÁÕ¡ÒÃÃÕ¨ÔÊàμÍÃìä¿Åìà¾Å§ã¹ MUSIC Library ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöà»Ô´ä¿Åìà¾Å§ä´éÍÂèÒ§§èÒ´Ò ÊÓËÃѺ¢Ñé¹μ͹㹡ÒÃÃÕ¨ÔÊàμÍÃìá·Ãç¤à¾Å§ã¹ Library â»Ã´´Ù·Õè (¹. 40). 1. ä»·Õè MUSIC Station áÅФÅÔ¡·Õè All Music 2.
àÅè¹á·Ãç¤à¾Å§·ÕèäÁèä´éÃÕ¨ÔÊàμÍÃìã¹ Library ¤ÅÔ¡·Õè File > Open àÅ×Í¡ ä¿Åìà¾Å§·Õè¨ÐàÅè¹ áÅФÅÔ¡·Õè Open á·Ã礷ÕèàÅ×Í¡¨Ð¶Ù¡ÃÕ¨ÔÊàμÍÃìã¹ Library áÅШÐà»Ô´¢Öé¹ ¡ÒÃÊÃéÒ§ My Playlist My Playlist à»ç¹ÍÑźÑéÁÊèǹºØ¤¤Å·Õè¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöà¡çº ¨Ñ´¡Òà áÅÐà»Ô´ä¿Åìà¾Å§·Õèâ»Ã´»ÃÒ¹ä´é ÊÓËÃѺ¢Ñé¹μ͹㹡ÒÃÊÃéÒ§ My Playlist â»Ã´´Ù¤Óá¹Ð¹Óã¹ÇÔ¸Õãªé¢Í§ MUSIC ¡ÒÃà¾ÔèÁä¿Åìà¾Å§ã¹ Library MUSIC Library ¤×ÍäźÃÒÃÕ·Õèà¡çºä¿Åìà¾Å§·Õèãªéâ´Â MUSIC Station μèÍ仹Õéà»ç¹¢Ñé¹μ͹㹡ÒÃà¾ÔèÁä¿Åìà¾Å§·ÕèºÑ¹·Ö¡ã¹¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃìà¢éÒÊÙè Library ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöà¾ÔèÁä
PHOTO Station àÃÕ¡ãªé AVStation premium áÅФÅÔ¡·Õè PHOTO ·Õè Station Bar z x c , b n m z àÁ¹ÙºÒÃì¢Í§ PHOTO x Station Bar c PHOTO Library v Register a File b á·çº Image Viewer n á·çº Image Editor m ÂéÒÂä»Âѧâ¿Åà´ÍÃìÃдѺº¹ , ´ÙμÑÇÍÂèÒ§/«ÙÁà¢éÒ v ¡ÒôÙÀÒ¾ μèÍ仹Õéà»ç¹¢Ñé¹μ͹㹡ÒôÙÀÒ¾·ÕèÃÕ¨ÔÊàμÍÃìã¹ PHOTO Library ¤ÃÑé§ÅÐÀÒ¾áÅдÙẺÊäÅ´ìâªÇì ÊÓËÃѺ¢Ñé¹μ͹㹡ÒÃÃÕ¨ÔÊàμÍÃìä¿ÅìÀҾ㹠Library â»Ã´´Ù·Õè (¹. 43) 1. ä»·Õè PHOTO Station áÅдѺàºÔŤÅÔ¡·Õè All Images 2.
3.
¡ÒÃá¡éä¢ÀÒ¾ ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöà»ÅÕè¹ÃÙ»ÃèÒ§¢Í§ÀÒ¾ á¡éä¢ÀÒ¾ ËÃ×ÍãªéàÍ¿à¿¡μì¾ÔàÈɡѺÀÒ¾ μèÍ仹Õéà»ç¹¤Ó͸ԺÒ¿ѧ¡ìªÑ¹¡ÒÃá¡éä¢ÀÒ¾ 1. àÅ×Í¡ÀÒ¾·Õè¨Ðá¡éä¢ã¹ ÇÔ¹â´Çì Image Viewer áÅÐàÅ×Í¡á·çº Image Editor ˹éÒ¨Í Image Editor ¨Ð»ÃÒ¡¯¢Öé¹ Ë¹éÒ¨Í Image Editor »ÃСͺ´éÇ ÇÔ¹â´Çì Image Workspace áÅÐ á·çºà¤Ã×èͧÁ×Í 3 á·çº. Image Workspace «ÙÁà¢éÒ/«ÙÁÍÍ¡ á·çºà¤Ã×èͧÁ×Í 2.
2. àÅ×Í¡â¿Åà´ÍÃì·ÕèÁÕä¿ÅìÀÒ¾ÍÂÙè áÅФÅÔ¡·Õè»ØèÁ OK ä¿ÅìÀÒ¾·ÕèÍÂÙèã¹â¿Åà´ÍÃì¨Ð¶Ù¡à¾ÔèÁã¹ Library ä¿ÅìÀÒ¾·Õèãªéã¹ AVStation ¨Ð¶Ù¡à¾ÔèÁŧ㹠Library â´ÂÍÑμâ¹ÁÑμÔ MOVIE Station àÃÕ¡ãªé AVStation premium áÅФÅÔ¡·Õè MOVIE ã¹ Station Bar z x c v b n z x c v b n m , . / àÁ¹ÙºÒÃì¢Í§ MOVIE Station Bar MOVIE Library Register a File ÇÔ¹â´Çì Video Play »ØèÁ¤Çº¤ØÁ¡ÒÃàÅè¹ ¡ÒäǺ¤ØÁÃдѺàÊÕ§ »ØèÁ¡ÒÃμÑ駤èÒ EDS (â»Ã´´Ù·Õè ¹. 38) »ØèÁ¡ÒÃμÑ駤èÒ EDI »ØèÁ Capture m ,.
¡ÒÃàÅè¹´ÕÇÕ´Õ μèÍ仹Õéà»ç¹¢Ñé¹μ͹㹡ÒÃàÅè¹´ÕÇÕ´Õ ã¹¡ÒÃàÅè¹´ÕÇÕ´Õ¨ÐμéͧÁÕ¡ÒÃμÔ´μÑé§ «Í¿·ìáÇÃìàÅè¹´ÕÇÕ´Õ(àªè¹ CyberLink PowerDVD) â»Ã´μÔ´μÑ駫Ϳ·ìáÇÃìÊÓËÃѺàÅè¹´ÕÇÕ´Õ¡è͹ 1. àÃÕ¡ãªé AVStation premium áÅÐãÊèá¼è¹´ÕÇÕ´Õã¹ä´Ã¿ì´ÕÇÕ´Õ 2. ã¹ÇÔ¹â´Çì ‘What do you want Windows to do?’ ãËéàÅ×Í¡ Play DVD Video using Samsung AVStation áÅФÅÔ¡·Õè»ØèÁ OK 3.
¡ÒÃà»Ô´ä¿ÅìÇÔ´ÕâÍ μèÍ仹Õéà»ç¹¤Ó͸ԺÒ¢Ñé¹μ͹¡ÒÃà»Ô´ä¿ÅìÇÔ´ÕâÍ·ÕèÃÕ¨ÔÊàμÍÃìã¹ MOVIE Library ÊÓËÃѺ¢Ñé¹μ͹㹡ÒÃÃÕ¨ÔÊàμÍÃìä¿Åìã¹ Library â»Ã´´Ù·Õè (¹. 47) 1. ä»·Õè MOVIE Station áÅдѺàºÔŤÅÔ¡·Õè All Movies 2.
¡ÒÃà¾ÔèÁÇÔ´ÕâÍã¹ Library MOVIE Library ¤×ÍäźÃÒÃÕ·Õèà¡çºä¿ÅìÇÔ´ÕâÍ·Õè¨Ðãªéâ´Â MOVIE Station μèÍ仹Õéà»ç¹¢Ñé¹μ͹㹡ÒÃà¾ÔèÁä¿ÅìÇÔ´ÕâÍ·ÕèºÑ¹·Ö¡ã¹¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃìäÇéã¹ Library ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöà¾ÔèÁä¿Åì â¿Åà´ÍÃì ËÃ×ͤé¹ËÒáÅÐà¾ÔèÁä¿Åì μèÍ仹Õéà»ç¹μÑÇÍÂèÒ§¢Í§¢Ñé¹μ͹¡ÒÃà¾ÔèÁâ¿Åà´ÍÃì 1. ¤ÅÔ¡·Õè»ØèÁ Register a File ( ) ãμé Library áÅФÅÔ¡·Õè Add by Folders 2.
¡ÒÃãªé AVStation now / AVStation premium Viewer ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöãªéâ»Ãá¡ÃÁàËÅèÒ¹Õéà¾×èÍà»Ô´à¾Å§ ÀÒ¾¶èÒ ÇÔ´ÕâÍ áÅÐÀҾ¹μÃìã¹áººàμçÁ¨ÍÀÒ¾ áÅÐÊÒÁÒöà¾ÅÔ´à¾ÅÔ¹¡ÑºÁÑÅμÔÁÕà´Õ â´Âãªé AVStation now àÁ×èͤÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì»Ô´ÍÂÙè áÅÐãªé AVStation premium Viewer àÁ×èͤÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃìà»Ô´ • AVStation now áÅÐ AVStation premium Viewer à»ç¹â»Ãá¡ÃÁàÊÃÔÁ áÅÐÍÒ¨äÁèÁÕãËé㹺ҧ ÃØè¹ • ¢éͨӡѴ¢Í§ AVStation ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöãªé AVStation now ੾ÒСóշÕè¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì»Ô´ÍÂÙèà·èÒ¹Ñé¹ ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöãªé AVStation now à¾×èÍà»Ô´ä¿Åì·ÕèÃÕ¨ÔÊàμÍÃì¡Ñº AVStation pr
àÃÔèÁμé¹/ÍÍ¡¨Ò¡ AVStation now ¡ÒÃàÃÔèÁμé¹ ¡´»ØèÁ AVS ( ) ¢Í§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃ좳зÕèà¤Ã×èͧ»Ô´ ¡ÒÃÍÍ¡¨Ò¡â»Ãá¡ÃÁ àÅ×è͹àÁÒÊìä»·Õè´éÒ¹º¹ÊØ´¢Í§¨ÍÀÒ¾ áÅФÅÔ¡·Õè Exit ( ) ËÃ×ÍÁԩйÑé¹ãËé¡´»ØèÁ à»Ô´ ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì ¡ÒÃàÃÔèÁμé¹/ÍÍ¡¨Ò¡ AVStation premium Viewer ¡ÒÃàÃÔèÁμé¹ àÅ×Í¡ Start > All Programs > Samsung > AVStation premium > AVStation premium Viewer ¨Ò¡ÀÒÂã¹ Windows ËÃ×ÍÁԩйÑé¹ãËé¡´»ØèÁ AVS ( ) ¢Í§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì¨Ò¡ Windows ¡ÒÃãªé¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì 49
¡ÒÃÍÍ¡¨Ò¡â»Ãá¡ÃÁ àÅ×è͹àÁÒÊìä»·Õè´éÒ¹º¹ÊØ´¢Í§¨ÍÀÒ¾ áÅФÅÔ¡·Õè Exit ( ÃٻẺ¨ÍÀÒ¾ Music ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöà»Ô´ä¿Åìà¾Å§ËÃ×Í«Õ´Õà¾Å§ä´é Photo ãªéÊÓËÃѺ´ÙÀÒ¾¶èÒ¤ÃÑé§ÅÐÀÒ¾ ËÃ×Í´ÙẺÊäÅ´ìâªÇì Movie ãªéÊÓËÃѺà»Ô´ÇÔ´ÕâÍ á¼è¹´ÕÇÕ´ÕËÃ×ÍÇÕ«Õ´Õ 50 ¤ÙèÁ×ͼÙéãªé )
Settings (¡ÒÃμÑ駤èÒ) ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöμÑ駤èÒ¡ÒÃàÅè¹à¾Å§ ÀÒ¾¶èÒ áÅÐÀҾ¹μÃìä´é 㹡ÒÃÂéÒÂä»·Õè˹éÒ¨ÍàÃÔèÁμé¹¢³Ðãªéâ»Ãá¡ÃÁ ãËé¡´»ØèÁ AVS ( ) ËÃ×Í¡´¤ÕÂì ËÃ×ÍÁԩйÑé¹ ãËéÂéÒÂàÁÒÊìä»ÂѧÁØÁº¹«éÒé¢ͧ¨ÍÀÒ¾»Ñ¨¨ØºÑ¹ áÅФÅÔ¡·Õèäͤ͹ AVStation ( ) MUSIC Station μèÍ仹Õéà»ç¹¢Ñé¹μ͹㹡ÒÃà»Ô´ä¿Åìà¾Å§ËÃ×Í«Õ´Õà¾Å§ ¡ÒÃà»Ô´ä¿Åìà¾Å§ μèÍ仹Õéà»ç¹¢Ñé¹μ͹㹡ÒÃà»Ô´ä¿Åìà¾Å§·ÕèÃÕ¨ÔÊàμÍÃì¡Ñº MUSIC Library (ÊÓËÃѺ¢Ñé¹μ͹㹡ÒÃÃÕ¨ÔÊàμÍÃìä¿Åì â»Ã´´Ù·Õè ¹. 40) 1. àÃÕ¡ãªé AVStation now áÅФÅÔ¡·Õè Music 2.
3. ´ÑºàºÔŤÅÔ¡·Õè Audio CD 㹪èͧ´éÒ¹«éÒ áÅдѺàºÔŤÅÔ¡·ÕèÍÑźÑéÁËÃ×Íä¿Åìà¾Å§ã¹ªèͧ´éÒ¹¢ÇÒ Ãкº¨Ðà»Ô´ä¿Åìà¾Å§·ÕèàÅ×Í¡ PHOTO Station μèÍ仹Õéà»ç¹¢Ñé¹μ͹㹡ÒôÙÀÒ¾·ÕèÃÕ¨ÔÊàμÍÃìã¹ PHOTO Library ¤ÃÑé§ÅÐÀÒ¾áÅдÙẺÊäÅ´ìâªÇì (ÊÓËÃѺ¢Ñé¹μ͹㹡ÒÃÃÕ¨ÔÊàμÍÃìä¿ÅìÀҾ㹠Library â»Ã´´Ù·Õè ¹. 43) 1. àÃÕ¡ãªé AVStation now áÅФÅÔ¡·Õè Photo 2.
3. ÀÒ¾·ÕèàÅ×Í¡¨Ð¶Ù¡«ÙÁà¢éÒ ¡ÒôÙÀҾẺàμçÁ¨ÍËÃ×Í´ÙẺÊäÅ´ìâªÇì ¤ÅÔ¡·Õè»ØèÁ SlideShow ËÃ×Í Full Screen ´éÒ¹ÅèÒ§¢Í§ÀÒ¾·Õè«ÙÁà¢éÒ ã¹¡ÒáÅѺÊÙèʶҹÐà´ÔÁã¹ SlideShow ËÃ×Í Full Screen ãËé¡´»ØèÁ ËÃ×ʹѺàºÔŤÅÔ¡·Õè˹éÒ¨Í ã¹ AVStation now ãËé¡´»ØèÁ ËÃ×ʹѺàºÔŤÅÔ¡ áÅФÅÔ¡·Õè Back MOVIE Station μèÍ仹Õéà»ç¹¢Ñé¹μ͹¡ÒÃà»Ô´ä¿ÅìÇÔ´ÕâÍ (ÀҾ¹μÃì) ËÃ×Íá¼è¹´ÕÇÕ´Õ/ÇÕ«Õ´Õ ¡ÒÃà»Ô´ä¿ÅìÇÔ´ÕâÍ μèÍ仹Õéà»ç¹¢Ñé¹μ͹㹡ÒÃà»Ô´ä¿ÅìÇÔ´ÕâÍ·ÕèÃÕ¨ÔÊàμÍÃì¡Ñº MOVIE Library (â»Ã´´Ù·Õè ¹. 47) 1.
Ãкº¨Ðà»Ô´ä¿ÅìÇÔ´ÕâÍ z My Computer z x »ÃÒ¡¯à©¾ÒÐã¹ AVStation now ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒö¤é¹ËÒáÅÐà»Ô´ä¿Åì·ÕèÍÂÙèã¹ My Computer ËÃ×Íã¹ÊÅçÍμÁÑÅμÔ¡ÒÃì´ c ¡ÒÃà»Ô´ÇÔ¹â´Çì Play Control ¡´Ê໫ºÒÃìËÃ×ÍàÅ×è͹àÁÒÊì ÇÔ¹â´Çì Play Control ¨Ð»ÃÒ¡¯·Õè´éÒ¹ÅèÒ§ ¡ÒÃàÅè¹´ÕÇÕ´Õ 1. àÃÕ¡ãªé AVStation now áÅÐãÊèá¼è¹´ÕÇÕ´Õã¹ä´Ã¿ì´ÕÇÕ´Õ 2. ã¹Ë¹éÒ¨ÍàÃÔèÁμé¹ AVStation now ãËé¤ÅÔ¡·Õè Movie 3.
¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμè͡ѺÍÔ¹àμÍÃìà¹çμ ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμèÍâ´ÂãªéâÁà´çÁ (ÍØ»¡Ã³ìàÊÃÔÁ) ¡è͹àÃÔèÁ: • àμÃÕÂÁÊÒÂâ·ÃÈѾ·ì·ÕèäÁèãªéẺ´Ô¨ÔμÍÅ • μÔ´μèͼÙéãËéºÃÔ¡ÒÃÍÔ¹àμÍÃìà¹çμ (ISP) à¾×èͤ͢Óá¹Ð¹Ó㹡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμèÍáÅÐμÑ´¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμèͨҡÍÔ¹àμÍÃìà¹çμ 1. μèÍÊÒÂâ·ÃÈѾ·ìà¢éҡѺ¾ÍÃìμâÁà´çÁ¢Í§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì 2.
¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμèͼèÒ¹Ãкº LAN 1. μèÍÊÒ LAN à¢éҡѺ¾ÍÃìμ LAN ¢Í§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì 2. ¤ÅÔ¡ Start > Control Panel 3. ¤ÅÔ¡ Network and Internet Connections ã¹ÇÔ¹â´Çì [Control Panel] 4. ¤ÅÔ¡ Network Connections ã¹ÇÔ¹â´Çì [Network and Internet Connections] 5.
6. ã¹á·çº General ãËéàÅ×Í¡ "Internet Protocol(TCP/IP)" ¨Ò¡¹Ñ鹤ÅÔ¡ Properties 7.
¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμèͼèÒ¹Ãкº Wireless LAN (μÑÇàÅ×Í¡) ÊÀÒÇСÒ÷ӧҹẺà¹çμàÇÔÃì¡äÃéÊÒ (Wireless LAN) ¤×Íà¹çμàÇÔÃì¡·ÕèÁÕ¡ÒÃÊ×èÍÊÒö֧¡Ñ¹¼èÒ¹à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃìËÅÒÂæ à¤Ã×èͧ ·ÕèºéÒ¹ËÃ×ÍÍÍ¿¿ÔÈ¢¹Ò´àÅç¡â´ÂãªéÍØ»¡Ã³ì wireless LAN ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμèͼèÒ¹ wireless network ÃÐËÇèÒ§à¤Ã×èͧ ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöãªé¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹μèÒ§æ ¢Í§à¹çμàÇÔÃì¡ä´éàªè¹ ¡ÒÃáªÃìä¿Åì â¿Åà´ÍÃìËÃ×Í à¤Ã×èͧ¾ÔÁ¾ì àÁ×èÍÁÕ¡ÒÃÊÃéÒ§à¹çμàÇÔÃì¡ÃÐËÇèÒ§à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì¢Öé¹áÅéÇ ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì·ÕèäÁèä´éàª×èÍÁμè͡ѺÍÔ¹àμÍÃìà¹çμÊÒÁÒöáªÃì ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμèÍä´éâ´Âà¢éÒãªé§Ò¹¼èÒ¹à¤Ã×èͧ·ÕèÁÕ¡ÒÃàª
2) ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃìä»Âѧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì (ad hoc) ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμèÍẺ¹ÕéàÃÕ¡ÍÕ¡ÍÂèÒ§ÇèÒà¹çμàÇÔÃì¡áºº peer-to-peer ã¹à¹çμàÇÔÃì¡äÇÃìàÅʢͧ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμèÍÃÐËÇèÒ§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃìä»Âѧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöàª×èÍÁμèÍà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì·ÕèÁÕ¡Òà μÔ´μÑé§ÍØ»¡Ã³ì wireless LAN 2 à¤Ã×èͧËÃ×ÍÁÒ¡¡ÇèÒẺäÃéÊÒÂä´é ÊÓËÃѺÃÒÂÅÐàÍÕ´ â»Ã´´Ù·Õè ”¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμèÍà¹çμàÇÔÃì¡ÃÐËÇèÒ§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃìä»Âѧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì (peer-to-peer ËÃ×Í ad hoc)” (¹.
àÁ×èÍÂѧäÁèÁÕ¡ÒáÓ˹´¤èÒ network key ãËé¡Ñº AP ·ÕèàÅ×Í¡ ¤ÅÔ¡·Õè Link à¾×èÍáÊ´§¡Ãͺ¢éͤÇÒÁàμ×͹ áÅéǤÅÔ¡·Õè Connect ÍÕ¡¤ÃÑé§ àÁ×èÍ»ÃÒ¡¯¢éͤÇÒÁ Connected ã¹ AP ¤Ø³¨ÐÊÒÁÒöà¢éÒãªé§Ò¹à¹çμàÇÔÃì¡ä´é ¡ÒÃμÃǨÊͺʶҹСÒÃàª×èÍÁμèÍ àÅ×è͹àÁÒÊì¾Í¹ìàμÍÃìä»äÇéà˹×Íäͤ͹ Wireless Network Connection ( ¨Ð»ÃÒ¡¯Ê¶Ò¹Ð¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμèÍ¢Öé¹ ) ·Õè·ÒÊ¡ìºÒÃì ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμèÍà¹çμàÇÔÃì¡ÃÐËÇèÒ§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃìä»Âѧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì (peer-to-peer ËÃ×Í ad hoc) ã¹à¹çμàÇÔÃì¡äÇÃìàÅʢͧ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμèÍÃÐËÇèÒ§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃìä»Âѧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöàª×èÍÁμèÍà¤Ã×èÍ
2. ¤ÅÔ¡ Change the order of Preferred Networks 3. ·Õèá·çº Wireless Network ¤ÅÔ¡ Advanced 4. ¡àÅÔ¡¡ÒÃàÅ×Í¡àªç¤ºçÍ¡«ì 'Automatically connect to non-default network' ËÒ¡ÁÕ¡ÒÃàÅ×Í¡àªç¤ºçÍ¡«ì¹ÕéäÇé àÅ×Í¡ 'Computerto-computer (ad hoc) networks only' áÅéǤÅÔ¡ Close 5. ·Õèá·çº Wireless Network ¤ÅÔ¡ Add 6.
7. μÃǨ´ÙÇèÒª×èÍà¹çμàÇÔÃì¡·Õè¡Ó˹´ (àªè¹ samsung) ÍÂÙèã¹ÃÒ¡Òà ÕPreferred networksÕ áÅéǤÅÔ¡ OK ¡ÒÃμÔ´μÑé§ wireless network àÊÃç¨ÊÁºÙóìáÅéÇ ¢Ñé¹·Õè 2. ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμè͡Ѻà¤Ã×èͧ·Õèä´éÃѺ¡ÒáÓ˹´¤èÒáÅéÇ 1. ¤ÅÔ¡¢ÇÒ·Õèäͤ͹ Wireless Network Connection ( ) ·Õè·ÒÊ¡ìºÒÃì áÅéÇàÅ×Í¡ View Available Wireless Networks 2. àÅ×Í¡ª×èÍ wireless network (àªè¹ samsung) ·ÕèÃкØäÇéã¹ ”¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμèÍà¹çμàÇÔÃì¡ÃÐËÇèÒ§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃìä»Âѧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì (peerto-peer ËÃ×Í ad hoc)” ·Õè˹éÒ 60 áÅéǤÅÔ¡ Connect.
3.
5.
¡ÒÃãªé Samsung Network Manager Samsung Network Manager à»ç¹â»Ãá¡ÃÁ·Õèä´éÃѺ¡ÒþѲ¹Òà¾×èÍãËé¼ÙéãªéÊÒÁÒöãªéà¤Ã×Í¢èÒÂä´éâ´Â§èÒ Samsung Network Manager ÁդسÊÁºÑμԴѧμèÍ仹Õé • ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöμÑ駤èÒà¤Ã×Í¢èÒÂáÅÐà¤Ã×èͧ¾ÔÁ¾ìä´éâ´Â§èÒ • ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöãªéà¤Ã×Í¢èÒÂä´é·Ñ¹·Õ â´ÂäÁèμéͧ¡Ó˹´¤èÒà¤Ã×Í¢èÒÂãËÁèÍÕ¡ àÁ×èÍÁÕ¡ÒÃÂéÒ·ÕèμÑé§ ´éÇ¡ÒÃμÑ駤èÒà¤Ã×Í¢èÒ (IP áÍ´à´ÃÊ ¡ÒÃμÑ駤èÒà¤Ã×èͧ¾ÔÁ¾ì ÏÅÏ) ÊÓËÃѺáμèÅзÕèμÑé§ ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöà¢éÒãªéà¤Ã×Í¢èÒÂä´é·Ñ¹·Õ â´ÂäÁèμéͧ·ÓμÒÁ¢Ñé¹μ͹¡ÒÃμÑ駤èÒà¤Ã×Í¢èÒ·ء¤ÃÑé§ äÁèÇèÒ¨ÐÍÂÙè·Õèã´ • ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒÃ
5. àÅ×Í¡ Internet direct connection áÅФÅÔ¡·Õè»ØèÁ Next 6.
ËÁÒÂàËμØ ËÒ¡äÁèμéͧ¡ÒÃà¾ÔèÁà¤Ã×èͧ¾ÔÁ¾ì ãËéàÅ×Í¡ No Default Printer áÅФÅÔ¡·Õè»ØèÁ Finish ËÁÒÂàËμØ àÁ×èÍ¡ÒÃμÑ駤èÒà¤Ã×Í¢èÒÂàÊÃç¨ÊÁºÙÃ³ì ¢éͤÇÒÁ ‘Do you want to move to newly added location now?’ ¨Ð»ÃÒ¡¯¢Öé¹ ËÒ¡¤Ø³àÅ×Í¡ ‘Yes’ ¡ÒÃμÑ駤èÒà¤Ã×Í¢èÒÂÊÓËÃѺμÓá˹觷Õèà¾ÔèÁ¨ÐÁÕ¼Åãªé§Ò¹ àÁ×èÍ¡ÒÃμÑ駤èÒà¤Ã×Í¢èÒÂÊÓËÃѺμÓá˹觷Õèà¾ÔèÁÁÕ¼Åãªéè§Ò¹ ʶҹ·Õè«Öè§à¾ÔèÁ¢Öé¹ áÅТéÍÁÙÅ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμèͧ͢ʶҹ·Õè´Ñ§¡ÅèÒǨлÃÒ¡¯¢Öé¹ã¹ÇÔ¹â´Çì The detailed Information for àÁ×èÍ¡ÒÃμÑ駤èÒà¤Ã×Í¢èÒÂàÊÃç¨ÊÁºÙóì äͤ͹ÊÓËÃѺμÓá˹觷Õèà¾ÔèÁ¢Öé¹
AP ·Õèãªéä´é àª×èÍÁμèÍ(áÊ´§ÃÒ¡ÒôéÇÂàÊ鹪Õé) 3. ÇÔ¹â´ÇìÊÓËÃѺ»é͹¤ÕÂìà¤Ã×Í¢èÒè (¤ÕÂì»éͧ¡Ñ¹) ¨Ð»ÃÒ¡¯¢Öé¹ - ËÒ¡ÁÕ¡ÒáÓ˹´¤ÕÂìà¤Ã×Í¢èÒÂäÇéáÅéÇÊÓËÃѺ AP ¢Í§ LAN äÃéÊÒ ãËé»é͹¤ÕÂìà¤Ã×Í¢èÒÂáÅФÅÔ¡·Õè»ØèÁ Connect ÊÓËÃѺ¢éÍÁÙÅà¡ÕèÂǡѺ¤ÕÂìà¤Ã×Í¢èÒ â»Ã´¶ÒÁ¼Ùé´ÙáÅÃкº - ËÒ¡äÁèÁÕ¡ÒáÓ˹´¤ÕÂìà¤Ã×Í¢èÒÂäÇéÊÓËÃѺ AP ¢Í§ LAN äÃéÊÒ ãËé¤ÅÔ¡·Õè»ØèÁ Connect â´ÂäÁèμéͧ»é͹¤ÕÂìà¤Ã×Í¢èÒ 4.
ËÁÒÂàËμؤسÊÒÁÒöàª×èÍÁμèÍà«ÔÃì¿àÇÍÃìà¢éҡѺä¤Åà͹μìä´é´Ñ§¹Õé ”àÅ×Í¡ Internet direct connection áÅФÅÔ¡·Õè»ØèÁ Next” (¹.
- 㹡Òûéͧ¡Ñ¹¡ÒúءÃØ¡¨Ò¡ÀÒ¹͡ ¢Íá¹Ð¹ÓãËéãªéä¿ÃìÇÍÅ - ÊÓËÃѺ¢éÍÁÙÅà¾ÔèÁàμÔÁà¡ÕèÂǡѺ¡ÒÃàÅ×Í¡ÍØ»¡Ã³ìáÅСÓ˹´ IP áÍ´à´ÃÊ â»Ã´´Ù¤Ó͸ԺÒ¢ͧ¢éÍ 6 ã¹ËÑÇ¢éÍ ”¡ÒÃμÑ駤èÒà¤Ã×Í¢èÒ” ·Õè˹éÒ 65 6.
7.
¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹à¹çμàÇÔÃì¡ ËÅѧ¨Ò¡¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃìä´éàª×èÍÁμè͡Ѻà¹çμàÇÔÃì¡áÅéÇ ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöãªéºÃÔ¡ÒÃμèÒ§æ ¢Í§à¹çμàÇÔÃì¡ä´é àªè¹ ¡ÒÃáªÃìä¿Åì, â¿Åà´ÍÃìáÅÐ à¤Ã×èͧ¾ÔÁ¾ì ºÃÔ¡ÒÃμèÒ§æ ¢Í§à¹çμàÇÔÃ졨ÐÊÒÁÒöãªéä´éâ´Â¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃìμèÒ§æ ·ÕèÁÕ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμèÍà¢éҡѺà¹çμàÇÔÃ졹Ñé¹â´Â¡Òà àª×èÍÁμèͼèÒ¹ÊÒÂËÃ×ÍẺäÃéÊÒ ÊÓËÃѺÃÒÂÅÐàÍÕ´ â»Ã´´Ù ”¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμèͼèÒ¹Ãкº LAN” ·Õè˹éÒ 56 áÅÐ â»Ã´´Ù·Õè ”¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμèͼèÒ¹Ãкº Wireless LAN (μÑÇàÅ×Í¡)” ·Õè˹éÒ 58 ¡ÒÃáªÃìä¿ÅìËÃ×Íâ¿Åà´ÍÃì Êèǹ¹Õé¨Ð͸ԺÒ¶֧ÇÔ¸Õ¡ÒÃ㹡ÒÃáªÃìä¿ÅìáÅÐâ¿Åà´ÍÃìÃÐËÇèÒ§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì
¢Ñé¹·Õè 1. ¡Ó˹´¤èҤ͹¿Ô¡¢Í§¡ÒÃáªÃì 1. ¤ÅÔ¡¢ÇÒ·Õèä¿ÅìËÃ×Íâ¿Åà´ÍÃì·Õèμéͧ¡ÒÃáªÃìã¹ My Computer áÅéÇàÅ×Í¡Sharing and Security 2. ¤ÅÔ¡ 'IF you understand the security risks but want to share files without running the wizard, click here' ¨ÐÁÕ¼ÅμèÍ¡ÒáÓ˹´¡ÒÃÃÑ¡ÉÒ¤ÇÒÁ»ÅÍ´ÀÑÂàªè¹à´ÕÂǡѺ¡ÒÃãªé 'Network Setup Wizard' ˹éҨ͹Õé¨ÐäÁè»ÃÒ¡¯¢Öé¹ËÒ¡ÁÕ¡ÒÃμÔ´μÑé§ Internet Sharing Network Wizard äÇéã¹ÊÀÒÇÇÐáÇ´ÅéÍÁ¡Ò÷ӧҹ Ẻà¹çμàÇÔÃì¡ÃÐËÇèÒ§à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì 3. àÅ×Í¡ 'Just enable file sharing', áÅéǤÅÔ¡ OK 4.
¢Ñé¹·Õè 2. ¡ÒÃãªéä¿ÅìËÃ×Íâ¿Åà´ÍÃì·ÕèÁÕ¡ÒÃáªÃì Êèǹ¹Õé͸ԺÒ¶֧ÇÔ¸Õ¡ÒÃ㹡ÒÃà¢éÒãªé§Ò¹ä¿ÅìËÃ×Íâ¿Åà´ÍÃì·ÕèÁÕ¡ÒÃáªÃìäÇé ËÒ¡¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³à»ç¹ÊÁÒªÔ¡ ¢Í§àÇÔÃì¡¡ÃØê»à´ÕÂǡѹ¹Ñé¹ 1. ´ÑºàºÔŤÅÔ¡·Õè My Network Places ¢Í§à´Ê¡ì·Í»ã¹μÑÇàÅ×Í¡ Other Places 2. ¤ÅÔ¡ 'View workgroup computers', áÅéǤÅÔ¡àÅ×Í¡à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì·Õèμéͧ¡ÒÃà¢éÒãªé§Ò¹ä¿Åì·ÕèÁÕ¡ÒÃáªÃìäÇé 㹡óշÕè¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ÍÂÙèã¹àÇÔÃì¡¡ÃØê»Í×è¹: 1. ¤ÅÔ¡·Õè Other Places > Microsoft Windows Network 2. ¤ÅÔ¡ª×èÍàÇÔÃì¡¡ÃØê»·Õèμéͧ¡Òà 3.
¡ÒÃáªÃìà¤Ã×èͧ¾ÔÁ¾ì Êèǹ¹Õé¨Ð͸ԺÒ¶֧ÇÔ¸Õ¡ÒÃ㹡ÒÃáªÃìà¤Ã×èͧ¾ÔÁ¾ìÃÐËÇèÒ§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì·ÕèÁÕ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμèͶ֧¡Ñ¹ã¹à¹çμàÇÔÃì¡ ¡ÒÃáªÃìà¤Ã×èͧ¾ÔÁ¾ì ãËé·ÓμÒÁ¢Ñé¹μ͹μèÒ§æ μèÍ仹Õé: • ¢Ñé¹·Õè 1. ¡Ó˹´¤èҤ͹¿Ô¡¢Í§¡ÒÃáªÃìà¤Ã×èͧ¾ÔÁ¾ì㹤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì·ÕèÁÕ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμèÍÍÂÙè¡Ñºà¤Ã×èͧ¾ÔÁ¾ì¹Ñé¹ • ¢Ñ¹é ·Õè 2. à¾ÔèÁáÅÐãªéà¤Ã×èͧ¾ÔÁ¾ì·ÕèÁÕ¡ÒÃáªÃìäÇéã¹à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃìà¤Ã×èͧÍ×è¹ã¹à¹çμàÇÔÃì¡ ¢Ñé¹·Õè 1. ¡Ó˹´¤èҤ͹¿Ô¡¢Í§¡ÒÃáªÃìà¤Ã×èͧ¾ÔÁ¾ì 1.
¢Ñé¹·Õè 2. ¡ÒÃà¾ÔèÁáÅÐãªéà¤Ã×èͧ¾ÔÁ¾ì·ÕèÁÕ¡ÒÃáªÃì 1. ¨Ò¡à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃìà¤Ã×èͧÍ×è¹·Õè¤Ø³μéͧ¡ÒÃãªéà¤Ã×èͧ¾ÔÁ¾ì·ÕèÁÕ¡ÒÃáªÃì ãËé¤ÅÔ¡ Start > Printers and Faxes 2. ¤ÅÔ¡ Add a printer 3. ã¹ Add Printer Wizard ¤ÅÔ¡ Next 4. àÅ×Í¡ 'A network printer, or a printer attached to another computer' ¨Ò¡¹Ñ鹤ÅÔ¡ Next 5. àÅ×Í¡ 'Browse for a printer' áÅéǤÅÔ¡ Next 6. àÅ×Í¡àÇÔÃì¡¡ÃØê»ËÃ×Íà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì àÅ×Í¡à¤Ã×èͧ¾ÔÁ¾ì·Õèμéͧ¡ÒÃãªé áÅéǤÅÔ¡ Next ËÒ¡¤Ø³äÁ辺à¤Ã×èͧ¾ÔÁ¾ì·Õèμéͧ¡Òà ãËéÅͧãËÁèËÅѧ¨Ò¡àÇé¹ÃÐÂÐÊÑ¡¤ÃÙè 7.
¡ÒÃãªéÍØ»¡Ã³ì Bluetooth (ÍØ»¡Ã³ìàÊÃÔÁ) Bluetooth à»ç¹à·¤â¹âÅÂÕ¡ÒÃÊ×èÍÊÒÃẺäÃéÊÒ·ÕèªèÇÂãËéÊÒÁÒöãªéÍØ»¡Ã³ì·ÕèÍÂÙèã¡Åéà¤Õ§ àªè¹ ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì â·ÃÈѾ·ìà¤Å×è͹·Õè à¤Ã×èͧ¾ÔÁ¾ì ¤ÕÂìºÍÃì´ ËÃ×ÍàÁÒÊì â´ÂäÁèμéͧÍÒÈÑ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμèÍ·Ò§ÊÒÂà¤àºÔÅ ¹Í¡¨Ò¡¹Õé Bluetooth ÂѧªèÇÂ㹡ÒÃÊ觼èÒ¹ä¿Åì¢éÍÁÙÅ ¡ÒÃà¢éÒãªéÍÔ¹à·ÍÃìà¹çμ ¡ÒÃãªé¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹¢Í§à¤Ã×Í¢èÒÂÊèǹºØ¤¤Å áÅСÒÃãªé§Ò¹¤ÕÂìºÍÃì´ àÁÒÊì à¤Ã×èͧ¾ÔÁ¾ìÃÐËÇèÒ§ÍØ»¡Ã³ì·ÕèÃͧÃѺ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹ Bluetooth â´ÂäÁèμéͧμèÍÊÒÂà¤àºÔÅ ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹ Bluetooth ÊÒÁÒöãªéä´é੾ÒÐÃÐËÇèÒ§ÍØ»¡Ã³ì·ÕèÃͧÃѺ Bluet
μÑ駤èÒ«Í¿·ìáÇÃì Bluetooth «Í¿μìáÇÃì Bluetooth ÁÕμÔ´μÑé§ÍÂÙè㹤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì·ÕèÃͧÃѺ Bluetooth ÊÓËÃѺ¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹¤ÃÑé§áá ãËé¡Ó˹´¤èÒ«Í¿μìáÇÃì Bluetooth ´Ñ§¹Õé 1. ¤ÅÔ¡¢ÇÒ·Õèäͤ͹ Bluetooth ( ¨Ò¡àÁ¹Ù·Õè»ÃÒ¡¯¢Öé¹ ) ·Õè·ÒÊ¡ìºÒÃì´éÒ¹¢ÇÒÅèÒ§ â´ÂãªéàÁÒÊì (ËÃ×ͷѪᾴ) áÅÐàÅ×Í¡ Start Using Bluetooth 2.
3. ËÒ¡¡ÒÃμÔ´μÑé§ä´ÃàÇÍÃìàÊÃç¨ÊÁºÙÃ³ì ¢Ñé¹μ͹¶Ñ´ä»¨Ðà»ç¹¡Òäé¹ËÒÍØ»¡Ã³ì Bluetooth ·ÕèÍÂÙèã¡Åé à¹×èͧ¨Ò¡¤Ø³äÁè¨Óà»ç¹μéͧ¤é¹ËÒã¹¢³Ð·ÕèμÑ駤èÒ ãËé¤ÅÔ¡·Õè Skip áÅÐÊÔé¹ÊØ´¡ÒÃμÑ駤èÒ 4.
¤ÅÔ¡·Õè Start > Help and Support > Networking and the Web > Networking > Wireless networking > Bluetooth devices (wireless) à¾×èÍ´Ù Windows Help ¡ÒÃáÅ¡à»ÅÕè¹ä¿ÅìÃÐËÇèÒ§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì·ÕèÁտѧ¡ìªÑ¹ Bluetooth ¤Ó͸ԺÒÂà¡ÕèÂǡѺ¢Ñé¹μ͹㹡ÒÃáÅ¡à»ÅÕè¹ä¿ÅìáÅÐâ¿Åà´ÍÃìÃÐËÇèÒ§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì·ÕèÁÕ Bluetooth 1. ã¹à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì·Õè¤Ø³μéͧ¡ÒÃÊè§ä¿Åì (àÃÕ¡ÇèÒ ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì A) ãËé¤ÅÔ¡¢ÇÒ·Õè äͤ͹ Bluetooth( ã¹¾×é¹·ÕèáÊ´§Ê¶Ò¹Ð áÅÐàÅ×Í¡ Quick Connection > File Transmission > Search for Device ) 2.
Bluetooth PIN Code à»ç¹ÃËÑʼèÒ¹·ÕèãªéÊÓËÃѺ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμèÍÃÐËÇèÒ§ÍØ»¡Ã³ì·ÕèÁÕ Bluetooth Êͧà¤Ã×èͧ ¼Ùéãªéà¾Õ§»é͹ÃËÑÊ PIN ·Õèμç¡Ñ¹(àªè¹ μÑÇàÅ¢àËÁ×͹¡Ñ¹) ã¹ÍØ»¡Ã³ì·ÕèÁÕ Bluetooth ·Ñé§Êͧà¤Ã×èͧ à¾×èÍàÃÔèÁμ鹡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμèÍ 4. 4. ËÅÑ¡¨Ò¡¹Ñé¹ÊÑ¡¤ÃÙè Ãкº¨ÐáÊ´§ä´ÍÐÅçÍ¡ºçÍ¡«ì Bluetooth PIN Code required 㹤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì B ãËé»é͹ÃËÑÊ·Õè¤Ø³ÃкØã¹¢Ñé¹μ͹·Õè 3 ¢éÒ§μé¹ 5. 5.
¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμè͡Ѻ¤ÕÂìºÍÃì´ ¨ÍÂÊμÔê¡ áÅÐâ·ÃÈѾ·ì μèÍ仹Õéà»ç¹¤Ó͸ԺÒ¢Ñé¹μ͹¡ÒÃãªéÍØ»¡Ã³ì HID ·ÕèÁտѧ¡ìªÑ¹ Bluetooth (¤ÕÂìºÍÃì´, àÁÒÊì, ¨ÍÂÊμÔê¡ ÏÅÏ) ËÃ×Íâ·ÃÈѾ·ì㹤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì Bluetooth PIN Code à»ç¹ÃËÑʼèÒ¹·ÕèãªéÊÓËÃѺ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμèÍÃÐËÇèÒ§ÍØ»¡Ã³ì·ÕèÁÕ Bluetooth Êͧà¤Ã×èͧ ¼Ùéãªéà¾Õ§»é͹ÃËÑÊ PIN ·Õèμç¡Ñ¹ã¹ÍØ»¡Ã³ì·ÕèÁÕ Bluetooth ·Ñé§Êͧà¤Ã×èͧ à¾×èÍàÃÔèÁμ鹡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμèÍ 1.
¡ÒÃËÂØ´¡Ò÷ӧҹ¢Í§ÍØ»¡Ã³ì Bluetooth ¤ÅÔ¡¢ÇÒ·Õè äͤ͹ Bluetooth ( ) º¹·ÒÊ¡ìºÒÃìáÅÐàÅ×Í¡ Stop the Bluetooth device.
¡ÒûÃѺáμè§à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ ¡ÒÃãªé¡ÒÃμÑ駤èÒÃкº â»Ãá¡ÃÁ¡ÒÃμÑ駤èÒÃкº (BIOS) ªèÇÂãËé¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒö¡Ó˹´¤èҤ͹¿Ô¡ÎÒÃì´áÇÃì¢Í§à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃìáÅÐ ¡Ó˹´¤èÒ¡ÒÃÃÑ¡ÉÒ¤ÇÒÁ»ÅÍ´ÀÑÂáÅÐμÑÇàÅ×Í¡¡ÒûÃÐËÂÑ´¾Åѧ§Ò¹ ¡ÒÃμÑ駤èÒ·Õè¤Ø³àÅ×Í¡¨Ð¶Ù¡ºÑ¹·Ö¡Å§ã¹ ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó CMOS ·Õèä´éÃѺ¾Åѧ§Ò¹¨Ò¡áºμàμÍÃÕè ·Õè·Ó˹éÒ·ÕèºÑ¹·Ö¡¢éÍÁÙÅäÇéä´éáÁé¨Ð»Ô´à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃìä»áÅéÇ ¡çμÒÁ àÁ×èÍÁÕ¡ÒÃà»Ô´à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃìÍÕ¡¤ÃÑé§ à¤Ã×èͧ¨Ðä´éÃѺ¡ÒáÓ˹´¤èÒâ´Â¤èÒμèÒ§æ ·Õ辺ã¹Ë¹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó¹Õé Ãѹâ»Ãá¡ÃÁ System Setup ËÒ¡¤Ø³ä´é¢éͤÇÒÁá¨é§ãËéÃѹâ»Ã
àÃÔèÁ¡ÒÃμÑ駤èÒÃкº (System Setup) ¡ÒÃàÃÔèÁ¡ÒÃμÑ駤èÒÃкº ãËéà»Ô´à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃìáÅéÇ¡´»ØèÁ ¤éÒ§äÇ騹»ÃÒ¡¯Ë¹éÒ¨Í System Setup ¢Öé¹ Table 2.
¡ÒÃà»ÅÕè¹ÅӴѺ¡ÒúÙμ ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöàÅ×Í¡ÅӴѺ¡ÒúÙμä´éÇèÒ¨ÐãªéÍØ»¡Ã³ìã´¡è͹ËÅѧ àªè¹ ÎÒÃì´´ÔÊ¡ì «Õ´ÕÃÍÁ ÏÅÏ μÑÇÍÂèÒ§μèÍ仹Õé͸ԺÒ¶֧ÇÔ¸Õ¡ÒáÓ˹´ ¤èҤ͹¿Ô¡ãËé¡ÑºÎÒÃì´´ÔÊ¡ìà»ç¹ÍØ»¡Ã³ìááÊÓËÃѺ¡ÒúÙμ â´Â·Õèà´ÔÁ¡Ó˹´ãËé«Õ´ÕÃÍÁà»ç¹ÍØ»¡Ã³ìáá·ÕèãªéºÙμâ´Â¤èÒ´Õ¿ÍÅμì 1. àÅ×Í¡àÁ¹Ù Boot ã¹â»Ãá¡ÃÁ System Setup 2. ¡´»ØèÁ ·ÕèÃÒ¡Òà Boot Device Priority 3. ãªé»ØèÁ < > à¾×èÍàÅ×è͹ä»ÂѧÃÒ¡Òà Hard Drive áÅéÇ¡´ ¨¹¡ÃзÑ觢Öé¹ÁÒÍÂÙè´éÒ¹º¹ 4.
¡ÒáÓ˹´¤èÒÃËÑʼèÒ¹ ¡ÒÃμÑ駤èÒÃËÑʼèÒ¹¢Í§ Supervisor ´éÇ¡ÒáÓ˹´¤èÒÃËÑʼèÒ¹ ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒö¨Ó¡Ñ´ÊÔ·¸Ô¡ÒÃà¢éÒãªé§Ò¹ÃкºãËéãªéä´é੾ÒмÙé·ÕèÁÕÊÔ·¸Ôà·èÒ¹Ñé¹ ËéÒÁÅ×ÁËÃ×Í·ÓÃËÑʼèÒ¹ËÒ ËÒ¡¤Ø³Å×ÁÃËÑʼèÒ¹ â»Ã´μÔ´μèÍÈÙ¹ÂìºÃÔ¡Òâͧ Samsung 1. àÅ×Í¡àÁ¹Ù Security ã¹â»Ãá¡ÃÁ System Setup ¡ÒÃà¢éÒÊÙèâ»Ãá¡ÃÁ System Setup â»Ã´´Ù·Õè ”àÃÔèÁ¡ÒÃμÑ駤èÒÃкº (System Setup)” ·Õè˹éÒ 85 2. ã¹ÃÒ¡Òà Set Supervisor Password ãËé¡´»ØèÁ 3. »é͹ÃËÑʼèÒ¹ ¡´»ØèÁ »é͹ÃËÑʼèÒ¹ãËÁèÍÕ¡¤ÃÑé§à¾×èÍÂ×¹Âѹ áÅéÇ¡´ ÍÕ¡¤ÃÑé§ 4.
¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹ÃËÑʼèҹ㹡ÒúÙμ ¡è͹¡Ó˹´ÃËÑʼèÒ¹ÊÓËÃѺ¡ÒúÙμ μéͧ·Ó¡ÒáÓ˹´ÃËÑʼèÒ¹ÊÓËÃѺ¼Ùé´ÙáÅÃкºàÊÕ¡è͹ ¡Ó˹´ãËé¤èÒμÑÇàÅ×Í¡ Password on boot à»ç¹ [Enabled] ¨Ò¡¹Õéä» ¨ÐäÁèÊÒÁÒöºÙμà¤Ã×èͧä´éËÒ¡äÁèãÊèÃËÑʼèÒ¹·Õè¶Ù¡μéͧ ¡ÒáàÅÔ¡¡ÒÃãªéÃËÑʼèÒ¹ 1. ä»·ÕèÃËÑʼèÒ¹·Õèμéͧ¡ÒÃź áÅéÇ¡´ (àªè¹ ÃËÑʼèÒ¹ÊÓËÃѺ¼Ùé´ÙáÅÃкº) 2. »é͹ÃËÑʼèÒ¹à´ÔÁ·Õè¡Ó˹´äÇé áÅéÇ¡´ 3.
¡ÒáÓ˹´¤èҤ͹¿Ô¡¤ÇÒÁÅÐàÍÕ´áÅÐÃдѺÊÕ ¤ÇÒÁÅÐàÍÕ´¢Í§Ë¹éÒ¨Í ¤×ͨӹǹ¾Ô¡à«Å·ÕèáÊ´§º¹Ë¹éÒ¨Í ¡ÒÃãªé¤ÇÒÁÅÐàÍÕ´ÊÙ§¨Ð·ÓãËé˹éҨͷÑé§ËÁ´¡ÇéÒ§¢Öé¹ áÁéÇèÒáμèÅÐÃÒ¡ÒèдÙÁÕ¢¹Ò´àÅç¡Å§¡çμÒÁ ¤Ø³ÀÒ¾¢Í§ÊÕ ¡Ó˹´â´Â¨Ó¹Ç¹ºÔμ·Õèãªéà¾×èÍáÊ´§áμèÅоԡà«Åº¹Ë¹éÒ¨Í ¤Ø³ÀÒ¾ÊÕ·ÕèÊÙ§¢Ö鹨ÐáÊ´§¨Ó¹Ç¹ÊÕä´éÁÒ¡¢Ö鹺¹Ë¹éÒ¨Í 1. àÅ×Í¡ Start > Control Panel > Appearance and Themes > Change the screen resolution 2.
¡ÒÃãªéÍØ»¡Ã³ìáÊ´§¼ÅÀÒ¹͡ ¡ÒÃãªéÍØ»¡Ã³ìáÊ´§¼ÅÀÒ¹͡ àªè¹ ¨ÍáÊ´§¼Å, â»ÃਡàμÍÃì, â·Ã·Ñȹì ÏÅÏ ªèÇÂãËé¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒö´ÙÀÒ¾º¹¨Íä´éº¹ ÍØ»¡Ã³ìÍ×è¹ËÃ×ÍáÊ´§¼Å¾ÃéÍÁ¡Ñ¹·Ñé§Êͧ¨Íä´é ¹Í¡¨Ò¡¹Õé ¤Ø³ÂѧÊÒÁÒöáÊ´§Ë¹éÒ¨Í㹨ÍÊͧ¨ÍμèÍà¹×èͧ¡Ñ¹ à¾×èÍ à¾ÔèÁ¾×é¹·Õè㹡ÒÃáÊ´§¼Åä´éÍÕ¡´éÇ ¡ÒÃãªéÍØ»¡Ã³ìáÊ´§¼ÅÀÒ¹͡ÁÕ»ÃÐ⪹ìâ´Â੾ÒÐàÁ×èͤس·Ó¡ÒùÓàÊ¹Í ËÃ×ͪÁ ÀҾ¹μÃì·Ò§â·Ã·ÑÈ¹ì ¡ÒÃÊÅѺÍØ»¡Ã³ìáÊ´§¼Åâ´ÂãªéªçÍμ¤Ñ· ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöáÊ´§¼Å·Ò§¨Í LCD ËÃ×ÍÍØ»¡Ã³ìáÊ´§¼ÅÀÒ¹͡ ËÃ×ÍÍÒ¨áÊ´§¼Å·Ñ駺¹¨Í LCD áÅÐÍØ»¡Ã³ìáÊ´§¼ÅÀÒ¹͡ ¾ÃéÍÁæ ¡Ñ¹ 1.
¡ÒÃãªé Dual View à¾×èÍ´Ù¨ÍÀҾẺ¢ÂÒ Dual View ¤×Ϳѧ¡ìªÑ¹·ÕèªèÇÂãËé¼ÙéãªéÊÒÁÒö´Ù˹éҨͤÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì¨Ò¡ÍØ»¡Ã³ìáÊ´§¼ÅÊͧª¹Ô´ «Ö觷ÓãËéà¡Ô´¤ÇÒÁÊдǡàÁ×èÍμéͧ¡Òþ×é¹·Õè㹡Ò÷ӧҹ¢¹Ò´ãË−è ¹Í¡¨Ò¡¹Õé ÊÓËÃѺ¤Ø³ÊÁºÑμÔ Dual View à¹×èͧ¨Ò¡¡ÒÃì´áÊ´§¼Å¨Ð·Ó§Ò¹àËÁ×͹¡ÑºÁÕ¡ÒÃì´ÊͧμÑÇ ¤Ø³¨Ö§ÊÒÁÒö¡Ó˹´¤ÇÒÁÅÐàÍÕ´áÅÐÊբͧáμèÅÐ˹éÒ¨Íᡡѹä´é 1. μèÍÍØ»¡Ã³ìáÊ´§¼ÅÀÒ¹͡ (àªè¹ ¨ÍáÊ´§¼ÅËÃ×Íâ»ÃਡàμÍÃì) à¢éҡѺ¾ÍÃìμ¢Í§à¤Ã×èͧ 㹡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμèÍâ·Ã·Ñȹì ãËéμèÍà¢éҡѺ¾ÍÃìμ TV output ¢Í§à¤Ã×èͧ 2.
àÁ×èͤسãªé Dual View á¹Ð¹ÓãËé¡Ó˹´¤èҤ͹¿Ô¡ LCD à»ç¹ 'Primary' ËÒ¡¨Í·ÕèÊͧ (secondary display) áÊ´§¼Å·Õè 640x480 ¾Ô¡à«Å 256 ÊÕ à»ÅÕ蹡ÒÃμÑ駤èÒà»ç¹¤ÇÒÁÅÐàÍÕ´ áÅШӹǹÊÕ·Õèμéͧ¡ÒÃã¹ä´ÍÐÅçÍ¡ºçÍ¡«ì[Display Properties] àÁ×èÍäÁèä´éμÑ駤èÒ¡ÒÃáÊ´§¼Å¤ÙèäÇéÍÂèÒ§¶Ù¡μéͧ â»Ã´´Ù·Õè Q&A (¹.
¡ÒèѴ¡ÒÃÃкº ¡ÒÃãªéμÑÇàÅ×Í¡¡ÒÃãªé¾Åѧ§Ò¹ (Power Management) ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ÁÕμÑÇàÅ×Í¡ Power Management ·ÕèÊÒÁÒöªèÇÂãËéãªé»ÃШØä¿¿éÒ¨Ò¡áºμàμÍÃÕèä´é¹Ò¹¢Öé¹ áÅÐà¾ÔèÁÍÒÂØ ¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹¢Í§áºμàμÍÃÕè μÑÇàÅ×Í¡ Power-management ¨ÐÅ´¤ÇÁàÃçÇ㹡Ò÷ӧҹËÃ×ͻԴ¡Ò÷ӧҹ¢Í§ÍØ»¡Ã³ìμèÒ§æ ¢Í§ ÃкºàÁ×èÍäÁèÁÕ¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹ Power management ÍÒ¨·ÓãËé»ÃÐÊÔ·¸ÔÀҾ㹡Ò÷ӧҹ¢Í§ÃкºÅ´Å§ ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³¨ÐÃѹàÃçÇ·ÕèÊØ´ àÁ×èÍÁÕ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμèÍ ÊÒÂä¿à¢éҡѺáËÅ觨èÒÂä¿ «Ö觨ÐäÁèÁÕ¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹ power management ã¹Êèǹ¶Ñ´ä» ¨Ð¡ÅèÒǶ֧ÇÔ¸Õ¡ÒèѴ¡ÒþÅѧ§
3.
âËÁ´ Hibernate (Power Management ËÃ×ÍÇÔ¸Õ¡ÒÃẺ¡Ó˹´àͧ) àÁ×èÍÁÕ¡ÒÃãªéâËÁ´ hibernation ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³¨Ð»Ô´ä» áÅÐàÁ×èͤسà»Ô´à¤Ã×èͧÍÕ¡¤ÃÑé§ ·Ø¡æ ÍÂèÒ§¨Ð¡ÅѺÁÒÍÂÙèã¹Ê¶Ò¾ à´ÔÁ·Õèãªé§Ò¹ÃÇÁ·Ñé§â»Ãá¡ÃÁμèÒ§æ áÅÐàÍ¡ÊÒÃμèÒ§æ ·Õè¤Ø³ÂѧäÁèä´éºÑ¹·Ö¡ËÃ×ͻԴ ·Ø¡ÍÂèÒ§ã¹Ë¹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó¨Ð¶Ù¡ºÑ¹·Ö¡ äÇéã¹ÎÒÃì´´ÔÊ¡ì â´Â˹éÒ¨ÍáÅÐÎÒÃì´´ÔÊì¨Ð¶Ù¡»Ô´¡ÒÃ·Ó§Ò¹ä» ËÒ¡¤Ø³μÔ´μÑé§ Windows ãËÁè: ¤Ø³¤ÇÃãªéâËÁ´ hibernate ÍÕ¡¤ÃÑé§ã¹μÑÇàÅ×Í¡¾Åѧ§Ò¹ â´Â¡ÒÃà»Ô´ÇÔ¹â´Çì Power Options Properties áÅéǤÅÔ¡ ·Õèá·çº Hibernate ¨Ò¡¹Ñ鹤ÅÔ¡ "Enable Hibern
ÃٻẺ¡ÒèѴ¡ÒþÅѧ§Ò¹áºº«Ñº«é͹ (Advance Power Management Schemes) Êèǹ¹Õé͸ԺÒÂà¡ÕèÂǡѺÃٻẺ¡ÒèѴ¡ÒþÅѧ§Ò¹áºº«Ñº«é͹ ÁÕ»ØèÁÊͧ»ØèÁ·Õè¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöãªéà¾×èÍ»ÃÐËÂÑ´¾Åѧ§Ò¹ ¡ÒÃà¢éÒÊÙèÇÔ¹â´Çì power management ãËé·ÓμÒÁ¢Ñé¹μ͹μèÍ仹Õé: 1. ¤ÅÔ¡ Start > Control Panel > Performance and Maintenance 2. ¤ÅÔ¡äͤ͹ à¾×èÍáÊ´§ÇÔ¹â´Çì Power Options Properties 3. ¤ÅÔ¡á·çº Advanced à¾×èÍáÊ´§μÑÇàÅ×Í¡ÊÓËÃѺ¡ÒèѴ¡ÒþÅѧ§Ò¹áºº«Ñº«é͹ á·çº Advanced »ØèÁ Power & Sleep Programming Windows 4.
¡ÒÃãªéáºμàμÍÃÕè â»Ã´´Ù¤Óá¹Ð¹ÓμèÍ仹ÕéàÁ×èÍÁÕ¡ÒÃÃѹ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃìâ´Âãªé¾Åѧ§Ò¹¨Ò¡áºμàμÍÃÕèâ´ÂäÁèä´éμèÍÊÒÂä¿ AC ¢éͤÇÃÃÐÇѧ • • • • ãªé੾ÒзÕèªÒÃ쨷ÕèÃкØ㹤ÙèÁ×ͼÙéãªé ËéÒÁÁÔãËéáºμàμÍÃÕèä´éÃѺ¤ÇÒÁÃé͹ ÇÒ§ã¡Åé¡Ñºä¿ËÃ×Íãªéã¹ÍسËÀÙÁÔ·ÕèÊÙ§¡ÇèÒ 60 ͧÈÒ à¹×èͧ¨Ò¡ÍÒ¨·ÓãËéμÔ´ä¿ ËéÒÁ·ÓãËéä¿¿éÒÅѴǧ¨ÃÃÐËÇèÒ§¢ÑéǢͧáºμàμÍÃÕè ËÃ×Ͷʹ»ÃСͺáºμàμÍÃÕè â»Ã´ÍèÒ¹áÅл¯ÔºÑμÔμÒÁ¤Óá¹Ð¹Ó·Õè¾ÔÁ¾ìäÇ麹áºμàμÍÃÕè áÅФÓá¹Ð¹Óà¾×èͤÇÒÁ»ÅÍ´ÀÑÂ㹤ÙèÁ×ͼÙéãªé ¡è͹·Õè¨ÐãªéáºμàμÍÃÕè â»Ã´ÍèÒ¹¤Óá¹Ð¹Óà¡ÕèÂǡѺáºμàμÍÃÕè¡è͹ãªé§Ò¹ â»Ã´´Ù¢éÍÁÙÅà¡
4.
¡ÒÃàÃÕ¡´Ù¼èÒ¹ Control Panel àÅ×Í¡á·çº Start > Control Panel > Performance and Maintenance > Power Option > Power Measure ¤Ø³¨ÐÊÒÁÒöàÃÕ¡´ÙáËÅ觨èÒÂ俻Ѩ¨ØºÑ¹áÅлÃШØáºμàμÍÃÕè·ÕèàËÅ×ÍÍÂÙè ʶҹТͧà¾ÒàÇÍÃì«Ñ¾¾ÅÒ »ÃШآͧáºμàμÍÃÕè·ÕèàËÅ×Í ¡ÒÃãªéáºμàμÍÃÕè áºμàμÍÃÕè¤×ÍÍØ»¡Ã³ì·ÕèàÊ×èÍÁÊÀÒ¾ä´é ´Ñ§¹Ñé¹àÁ×èͤسãªéä»à»ç¹àÇÅÒ¹Ò¹ ¤ÇÒÁ¨Ø/ÍÒÂآͧáºμàμÍÃÕè¨ÐŴŧ ËÒ¡áºμàμÍÃÕèŴŧ¨¹àËÅ×ÍäÁè¶Ö§¤ÃÖ觢ͧàÇÅÒàÃÔèÁμé¹ àÃÒá¹Ð¹ÓãËé¤Ø³«×éÍáºμàμÍÃÕèãËÁè ¤Óàμ×͹à¡ÕèÂǡѺ¡ÒÃãªéáºμàμÍÃÕè ¤Ø³¨Ðä´éÂÔ¹àÊÕ§àμ×͹àÁ×èÍÁÕ»ÃШØáºμàμÍÃÕè
¡ÒÃãªé Battery Manager Battery Manager à»ç¹â»Ãá¡ÃÁ¨Ñ´¡ÒáÒÃãªé¾Åѧ§Ò¹·ÕèªèÇÂãËéÊÒÁÒöãªé¾Åѧ§Ò¹ä´éÍÂèÒ§ÁÕ»ÃÐÊÔ·¸ÔÀÒ¾ ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöà»ÅÕè¹âËÁ´¡ÒÃãªé¾Åѧ§Ò¹â´Â§èÒ´Ò â´ÂàÅ×Í¡âËÁ´¡ÒÃãªé¾Åѧ§Ò¹·ÕèàËÁÒÐÊÁ áÅÐÂ×´ÃÐÂÐàÇÅÒ㹡Òà ·Ó§Ò¹¢Í§áºμàμÍÃÕè´éÇ¡ÒÃμÑ駤èÒμÑÇàÅ×Í¡μèÒ§æ ¤ÅÔ¡·Õè Start > All Programs > Samsung > Samsung Battery Manager > Samsung Battery Manager àÅ×Í¡ Power Mode Power Saving Effects ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöà»ÅÕè¹ÃÒÂÅÐàÍÕ ´¡ÒáÓ˹´¤Í¹¿Ô¡ä´é੾ÒÐ ã¹ Custom Mode à·èÒ¹Ñé¹ • Maximum Battery Saving Mode : âËÁ´¹ÕéàËÁÒ
»Ô´ÍØ»¡Ã³ì·ÕèäÁè¨Óà»ç¹ ¡ÒûԴÍØ»¡Ã³ì·ÕèäÁè¨Óà»ç¹¨ÐªèÇÂÂ×´ÃÐÂÐàÇÅÒ¡ÒÃãªéáºμàμÍÃÕè àÅ×Í¡ Start > Control Panel > Performance and Maintenance > System > á·çº Hardware áÅФÅÔ¡·Õè Device Manager ¤ÅÔ¡¢ÇÒ·ÕèÍØ»¡Ã³ì·ÕèäÁèä´éãªé áÅÐàÅ×Í¡ 'Disable' (àªè¹ wireless LAN, 1394 à»ç¹μé¹) ¡ÒÃμÃǨÊͺáºμàμÍÃÕè ËÒ¡¤Ø³ªÒÃì¨áÅÐãªéáºμàμÍÃÕè«éÓæ ã¹àÇÅÒÊÑé¹æ àÇÅÒ㹡ÒÃãªéáºμàμÍÃÕè¨ÐŴŧμÒÁÊèǹμèÒ§¢Í§¡ÒêÒÃì¨áºμàμÍÃÕè¨ÃÔ§ áÅСÒÃáÊ´§»ÃШØä¿¿éÒ·ÕèàËÅ×Í ã¹¡Ã³Õ¹Õé »ÃШØ俢ͧáºμàμÍÃÕèáÅСÒÃáÊ´§»ÃШØä¿¿éÒ·ÕèàËÅ×ͨÐàËÁ×͹¡Ñ¹ â´Âãªé»ÃШØä¿
¡ÒÃÍÑ»à¡Ã´Ë¹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃìà¤Ã×èͧ¹ÕéÁÕ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó 256 àÁ¡Ðäºμì˹Öè§á¶ÇËÃ×ÍÁÒ¡¡ÇèÒ ËÃ×ÍâÁ´ÙÅ 512 àÁ¡Ðäºμì (ËÃ×ÍÁÒ¡¡ÇèÒ) â´ÂÁÕ«çͤà¡çμ ÊÓËÃѺâÁ´ÙÅ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨ÓÊͧ«çͤà¡çμ ´Ñ§¹Ñ鹤س¨Ö§ÊÒÁÒöà»ÅÕè¹˹èǤÇÒÁ¨ÓËÃ×ÍμÔ´μÑé§âÁ´ÙÅ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨Óà¾ÔèÁä´é ¡ÒöʹâÁ´ÙÅ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó ¡è͹·Õè¨Ð¶Í´/à»ÅÕè¹âÁ´ÙÅ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó ãËé»Ô´à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃìàÊÕ¡è͹ ËéÒÁà»ÅÕè¹âÁ´ÙÅ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó ¢³Ð·ÕèÃкºÍÂÙèã¹âËÁ´ Standby/Hibernate àÁ×èÍãªé˹èǤÇÒÁ¨Óã¹áª¹à¹Å¤Ùè ãËéãªé˹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó·Õèà»ç¹áººà´ÕÂǡѹ (¤ÇÒÁ¨Øà·èҡѹáÅÐÁÒ¨Ò¡¼Ùé¼ÅÔμà´ÕÂǡѹ
¡ÒÃà¾ÔèÁâÁ´ÙÅ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó 1. ¹Ó¢Ò¢Í§âÁ´ÙÅ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨ÓãËÁèÁÒÇҧŧ㹪èͧáÅéÇàÅ×è͹à¢éÒä»ã¹ÊÅçÍμâ´Â·ÓÁØÁ 30° μÃǨ´ÙãËéá¹èã¨ÇèÒ´éÒ¹ºÒ¡¢Í§âÁ´ÙÅ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨Óμç¡Ñº¢Í§«çͤà¡çμ 2. ´Ñ¹âÁ´ÙÅ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨Óŧ¨¹¡ÃзÑ觤ÅÔ¡à¢éÒ·Õè ËÒ¡âÁ´ÙÅ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨ÓäÁèà¢éÒ·ÕèʹԷ ¤èÍÂæ ´Ñ¹Ë¹èǤÇÒÁ¨Óŧ ¢³Ð·Õè¡´á·çº¢Í§âÁ´ÙÅ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨ÓÍÍ¡´éÒ¹¹Í¡ 3.
¡ÒÃãªé¾ÍÃìμÅçͤà¾×èÍÃÑ¡ÉÒ¤ÇÒÁ»ÅÍ´ÀÑ ÍØ»¡Ã?ìÅçͤà¾×èÍÃÑ¡ÉÒ¤ÇÒÁ»ÅÍ´ÀѤ×ÍÍØ»¡Ã³ì·Õèãªéà¾×èÍ ‘ÂÖ´’ à¤Ã×èͧàÁ×èÍãªé§Ò¹ã¹·ÕèÊÒ¸ÒóРÍØ»¡Ã³ìÅçͤμéͧ«×éÍà¾ÔèÁμèÒ§ËÒ¡ ÃÙ»ÃèÒ§áÅТ¹Ò´¢Í§¡ÒÃãªéÍÒ¨áμ¡μèÒ§¡Ñ¹ä»μÒÁ¼Ùé¼ÅÔμ â»Ã´´Ù¤ÙèÁ×Í·ÕèãËéÁÒ¾ÃéÍÁ¡ÑºÍØ»¡Ã³ìà¾×èÍ´ÙÇÔ¸Õ¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹ 1. μèÍÊÒÂà¤àºÔÅÅçͤà¾×èÍÂÖ´à¤Ã×èͧ 2.
à¤Åç´ÅѺ㹡ÒÃãªéà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì ¤Óá¹Ð¹ÓμèÍ仹ÕéªèÇ»éͧ¡Ñ¹¤ÇÒÁàÊÕÂËÒ·ÕèÍÒ¨à¡Ô´¢Ö鹡Ѻ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ä´é ÍÂèÒ¾ÂÒÂÒÁá¡Ðà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ ¡ÒÃá¡Ðà¤Ã×èͧ¨Ð·ÓãËé¡ÒÃÃѺ»ÃСѹÊÔé¹ÊØ´ ¡ÒÃà»ÅÕè¹ËÃ×ÍμÔ´μÑé§ÍØ»¡Ã³ìã¹à¤Ã×èͧ μéͧ·Óâ´ÂÈÙ¹ÂìºÃÔ¡Ò÷Õèä´éÃѺ¡ÒÃáμè§μÑé§à·èÒ¹Ñé¹ • • • • ·ÓμÒÁ¤Óá¹Ð¹ÓáÅФÓàμ×͹㹤ÙèÁ×Í¡ÒÃãªé¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì ¨Í LCD ÁÕ¼ÔǺͺºÒ§ÍÒ¨à¡Ô´¤ÇÒÁàÊÕÂËÒÂä´é§èÒ à¾×èÍ»éͧ¡Ñ¹¡ÒÃàÊÕÂËÒ ãËéËÅÑ¡àÅÕ觡ÒÃÊÑÁ¼ÑÊ˹éÒ¨Í ãªé੾ÒÐÍÐá´»àμÍÃì AC , ÍÐá´»àμÍÃìÊÓËÃѺãªéã¹Ã¶, ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨ÓáÅÐÍØ»¡Ã³ìÍ×è¹æ ·Õèä´éÃ
• àμÃÕÂÁ»Ô´à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃìÃÐËÇèÒ§·Õèà¤Ã×èͧºÔ¹¢Öé¹áÅÐŧ â»Ã´»¯ÔºÑμÔμÒÁ¤Óá¹Ð¹Óã¹¾×é¹·Õè à¡ÕèÂǡѺ¡ÒÃãªéÍØ»¡Ã³ìäÃéÊÒ (LAN äÃéÊÒÂ, Bluetooth ÏÅÏ) ã¹¾×é¹·Õè«Ö觨ӡѴ¡ÒÃÊ×èÍÊÒôéÇÂÃкºäÃéÊÒ (àªè¹ ã¹à¤Ã×èͧºÔ¹ âç¾ÂÒºÒÅ ÏÅÏ) ¡ÒèѴ¡ÒÃàÁ×èͧ͢àËÅÇË¡ãÊè ËéÒÁãËé¢Í§àËÅÇã´æ ˡôà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ ÇÔ¸Õ¡Ò÷Õè´Õ·ÕèÊش㹡Òûéͧ¡Ñ¹¢Í§àËÅÇˡô¤×Í¡ÒÃËÅÕ¡àÅÕ觡Òô×èÁ ËÃ×Í·Ò¹ÍÒËÒÃã¡Åéà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì ËÒ¡¤Ø³·Ó¢Í§àËÅÇˡôà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ ãËé»Ô´à¤Ã×èͧ ¶Í´»ÅÑê¡ÍÍ¡·Ñ¹·Õ áÅéÇ·ÓμÒÁ¢Ñé¹μ͹μèÍ仹Õé: • ËÒ¡¢Í§àËÅ
¡ÒÃá¡é䢻Ñ−ËÒ ·ÓμÒÁ¢Ñé¹μ͹μèÍ仹Õ騹¡ÃзÑè§à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöãªé§Ò¹ä´éμÒÁ»¡μÔ ËÒ¡·ÓμÒÁ¢Ñé¹μ͹·Ñé§ËÁ´áÅéÇ ÂѧäÁèÊÒÁÒöá¡é䢻Ñ−ËÒä´é ãËéμÔ´μèÍμÑÇá·¹¨Ó˹èÒ¢ͧ¤Ø³à¾×èÍÃѺ¤ÇÒÁªèÇÂàËÅ×Í ¤Ó¶ÒÁáÅФÓμͺ â»Ã´´Ù ”¤Ó¶ÒÁáÅФÓμͺ” ·Õè˹éÒ 109 ÊÓËÃѺ¤ÇÒÁªèÇÂàËÅ×Í㹡ÒÃá¡é䢻Ñ−ËÒ㹡Ò÷ӧҹ¢Í§à¤Ã×èͧ ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃìãËéÊÒÁÒö·Ó§Ò¹ä´éμÒÁ»¡μÔ μÃǨÊͺ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμèÍμèÒ§æ μÃǨÊͺÊÒÂà¾ÒàÇÍÃìáÅÐÊÒÂà¤àºÔŢͧÍØ»¡Ã³ìμè;èǧ·Ñé§ËÁ´ÇèÒä´éàÊÕºà¢éÒ«çͤà¡çμá¹è¹´ÕáÅéÇ áÅФسä´éà»Ô´à¾ÒàÇÍÃì«Ñ¾¾ÅÒÂáÅéÇ â»Ãá¡ÃÁ Norton AntiVirus
¤Óàμ×͹à¡ÕèÂǡѺ¡ÒÃãªé System Recovery ¡è͹·Õè¨ÐÊÑè§μÔ´μÑé§Ãкº»¯ÔºÑμÔ¡Òà Windows ãËÁè ãËéá¹èã¨ÇèÒä´éáºç¤ÍÑ»¢éÍÁÙÅ·Ñé§ËÁ´ã¹ÎÒÃì´´ÔÊ¡ìáÅéÇ Samsung äÁè¢ÍÃѺ¼Ô´ªÍºËÒ¡à¡Ô´¡ÒÃÊÙ−ËÒ¢ͧ¢éÍÁÙÅ 108 ¤ÙèÁ×ͼÙéãªé
¤Ó¶ÒÁáÅФÓμͺ Êèǹ¹Õé»ÃСͺ´éÇ¢éÍÁÙÅà¡ÕèÂǡѺ»Ñ−ËÒμèÒ§æ ·ÕèÍÒ¨à¡Ô´¢Öé¹ä´é ÇÔ¸Õá¡éä¢áÅТéÍÁÙÅÍéÒ§ÍÔ§Í×è¹æ ÊÓËÃѺ¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹à¤Ã×èͧ à¡ÕèÂǡѺ Windows Q1 à¤Ã×èͧäÁè shutdown A àÁ×èÍà¤Ã×èͧäÁè shutdown μÒÁ»¡μÔ ãËé¡´»ØèÁà¾ÒàÇÍÃì¤éÒ§äÇ騹¡ÃзÑè§à¤Ã×èͧ»Ô´ä» ËÒ¡ÁÕ¡ÒáÓ˹´âËÁ´ Power-Saving ãËé¡Ñº»ØèÁà¾ÒàÇÍÃì ãËé¡´»ØèÁ¤éÒ§äÇé¹Ò¹¡ÇèÒ 4 ÇÔ¹Ò·Õà¾×èͻԴà¤Ã×èͧ ËÅѧ¨Ò¡à»Ô´à¤Ã×èͧËÅѧ»Ô´à¤Ã×èͧ´éÇÂÇÔ¸Õ¡Òôѧ¡ÅèÒÇ ¨ÐÁÕ¡ÒÃàÃÕ¡ãªéâ»Ãá¡ÃÁ Scandisk à¾×èÍμÃǨÊͺ¡ÒÃà¡Ô´¤ÇÒÁ¼Ô´¾ÅÒ´ã¹Ãкº Q2 à¤Ã×èͧáΧ¤ìÃÐËÇèÒ§¡ÒÃãªéâ»Ãá¡ÃÁ
à¡ÕèÂǡѺ¨ÍáÊ´§¼Å Q1 ¨Í LCD ÊÇèÒ§ËÃ×ÍÁ×´à¡Ô¹ä» A à»Ô´áÊ´§´éÒ¹ËÅѧ¢Í§¨ÍÀÒ¾ LCD ËÃ×Í»ÃѺ¤ÇÒÁÊÇèÒ§¢Í§¨Í ¡´»ØèÁ Fn+ à¾×èÍà»Ô´áʧÊÇèÒ§´éÒ¹ËÅѧ¢Í§¨ÍÀÒ¾ LCD ËÃ×Í¡´»ØèÁ Fn+< >, Fn+< > à¾×èÍ»ÃѺ¤ÇÒÁÊÇèÒ§¢Í§¨ÍÀÒ¾ Q2 Ê¡Ãչ૿àÇÍÃìú¡Ç¹¡ÒÃÃѺªÁä¿ÅìÇÔ´ÕâÍËÃ×Í¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹â»Ãá¡ÃÁ Media Player A ¡àÅÔ¡¡ÒÃàÅ×Í¡ Tools > Options > Player > Allow screen saver during playback in the Media Player Q3 ã¹âËÁ´ DOS ¡ÒÃà»ÅÕè¹à»ç¹âËÁ´ DOS ẺàμçÁ¨Í â´Â¡Òá´»ØèÁ + áÊ´§ÀÒ¾äÁèμèÍà¹×èͧÍÂÙè¤ÃÙè˹Öè§ A âËÁ´ DOS ʹѺ
Q7 ËÅѧ¨Ò¡àª×èÍÁμè͡Ѻ TV ºÒ§â»Ãá¡ÃÁ àªè¹ Debug, Mem ÏÅÏ ¨ÐäÁè·Ó§Ò¹ã¹âËÁ´ MS-DOS ẺàμçÁ˹éÒ¨Í A ¶éÒãªé TV à»ç¹ÍØ»¡Ã³ìáÊ´§¼Å â»Ãá¡ÃÁºÒ§ÍÂèÒ§ àªè¹ Debug, Mem ÏÅÏ ÍÒ¨äÁè·Ó§Ò¹ÍÂèÒ§¶Ù¡μéͧã¹âËÁ´ MS-DOS ẺàμçÁ˹éÒ¨Í ãËéÃѹâ»Ãá¡ÃÁã¹ÇÔ¹â´Çì MS-DOS Q8 ·ÒÊ¡ìºÒÃì·Õè´éÒ¹ÅèÒ§¢Í§¨ÍÀÒ¾äÁè»ÃÒ¡¯¢Öé¹ àÁ×èÍãªéâ»ÃਤàμÍÃìà»ç¹ÍØ»¡Ã³ìáÊ´§¼Å A àËμØ¡Òóì¹ÕéÍÒ¨à¡Ô´¢Öé¹ä´é áÁéÇèÒ SXGA+ LCD ¨ÐÃͧÃѺ¤ÇÒÁÅÐàÍÕ´ã¹âËÁ´ 1400 x 1050 â»ÃਤàμÍÃìÍÒ¨äÁèÃͧÃѺâËÁ´¹Õé 㹡óչÕé ãËéà»ÅÕ蹤ÇÒÁÅÐàÍÕ´à»ç¹ 1024x768 (á¹Ð¹Ó) 㹤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì
à¡ÕèÂǡѺàÊÕ§ Q1 ¢éÍÁÙÅà¡ÕèÂǡѺ¡ÒÃμÔ´μÑé§/ź¡ÒÃμÔ´μÑé§ä´ÃàÇÍÃìàÊÕ§ A 㹡ÒÃμÔ´μÑé§ËÃ×Íź¡ÒÃμÔ´μÑé§ä´ÃàÇÍÃìàÊÕ§ÊÓËÃѺ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì¹Õé â»Ã´ÍèÒ¹¤Ó͸ԺÒÂμèÍ仹Õé • ͧ¤ì»ÃСͺ¢Í§ä´ÃàÇÍÃìàÊÕ§ ä´ÃàÇÍÃìàÊÕ§»ÃСͺ´éÇÂÃÒ¡ÒÃÊÒÁÃÒ¡ÒÃμèÍ仹Õé «Ö觨ÐÁÕ¡ÒÃμÔ´μÑé§â´ÂÍÑμâ¹ÁÑμÔã¹ÃÐËÇèÒ§¡Ãкǹ¡ÒÃμÔ´μÑé§ – High Definition Audio - KB888111: Microsoft UAA Bus Driver for High Definition Audio – SoundMAX: SoundMAX Integrated Digital HD Audio – WOW XT and TSXT Filter Driver: SRS • ÇÔ¸Õź¡ÒÃμÔ´μÑé§ä´ÃàÇÍÃìàÊÕ§ 㹡ÒÃź¡ÒÃμ
ËÁÒÂàËμØ ¨Ó¹Ç¹¢Í§ High Definition Audio - KB888111 Hotfix ÍÒ¨μèÒ§ÍÍ¡ä» ËÒ¡¤Ø³ä´éμÔ´μÑé§ Hotfix ¨Ò¡àÇçºä«μì¢Í§ Microsoft à¡ÕèÂǡѺâÁà´çÁ Q1 ©Ñ¹äÁèä´éÂÔ¹àÊÕ§âÁà´çÁ A1 μÃǨÊͺ´ÙÇèÒÁÕ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμèÍÊÒÂâ·ÃÈѾ·ìà¢éҡѺâÁà´çÁÍÂèÒ§¶Ù¡μéͧ A2 μÃǨ´ÙÇèÒÁÕ¡ÒÃμÔ´μÑé§ä´ÃàÇÍÃì¢Í§âÁà´çÁÍÂèÒ§¶Ù¡μéͧ 1. ¤ÅÔ¡ Start > Control Panel > Performance and Maintenance > System 2.
3. ã¹á·çº Modems ãËéàÅ×Í¡âÁà´çÁ·Õèä´éμÔ´μÑé§äÇé áÅéǤÅÔ¡·Õè Properties 4. ã¹á·çº Modem ¢Í§ÇÔ¹â´Çì Modem Properties ãËé¡àÅÔ¡¡ÒÃàÅ×Í¡àªç¤ºçÍ¡«ì 'Wait for dial tone before dialing' 5. ËÅѧ¨Ò¡¡Ó˹´¤èҤ͹¿Ô¡áÅéÇ ãËé¤ÅÔ¡ OK Q3 ©Ñ¹¨ÐãªéâÁà´çÁä´éÍÂèÒ§äÃàÁ×è͹Óà¤Ã×èͧä»ãªéã¹μèÒ§»ÃÐà·È? A1 μÃǨ´ÙÇèÒä´éÁÕ¡ÒáÓ˹´¤èҤ͹¿Ô¡âÁà´çÁ¶Ù¡μéͧμÒÁÃٻẺ¢Í§»ÃÐà·È¹Ñé¹æ à¹×èͧ¨Ò¡¤èÒμèÒ§æ ÊÓËÃѺ¡ÒÃÊ×èÍÊÒÃÍÒ¨áμ¡μèÒ§¡Ñ¹ä»μÒÁáμèÅлÃÐà·È ¤Ø³ÍÒ¨äÁèÊÒÁÒöàª×èÍÁμèͼèÒ¹·Ò§âÁà´çÁ ä´éà¹×èͧ¨Ò¡¡ÒáÓ˹´¤èҤ͹¿Ô¡¢Í§âÁà´çÁäÁè¶Ù¡μéͧ 1.
à¡ÕèÂǡѺÃкº LAN Q1 <¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹ Wake On LAN> A ¤×Ϳѧ¡ìªÑ¹·Õèà»Ô´¡Ò÷ӧҹ¢Í§à¤Ã×èͧ·ÕèÍÂÙèã¹âËÁ´»ÃÐËÂÑ´¾Åѧ§Ò¹ àÁ×èÍÁÕÊÑ−−Ò³ (àªè¹ ping ËÃ×Í magic packet) ¨Ò¡à¹çμàÇÔÃì¡ (Ãкº LAN ẺãªéÊÒÂ) ¡ÒÃãªé¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹ : 1. àÅ×Í¡ My Network Places > View network connections ¨Ò¡à´Ê¡ì·Í» 2. ¤ÅÔ¡»ØèÁ¢ÇҢͧ·Ñªá¾´à˹×Í Local Area Connection áÅéÇàÅ×Í¡ Properties 3.
à¡ÕèÂǡѺ Wireless LAN Q1 ÍØ»¡Ã³ì Wireless LAN ·Ó§Ò¹ä´éμÒÁ»¡μÔ áμè©Ñ¹äÁèÊÒÁÒöàª×èÍÁμè͡ѺÍÔ¹àμÍÃìà¹çμËÃ×ͤÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃìà¤Ã×èͧÍ×è¹æä´é ÍÒ¨à¡Ô´¨Ò¡¡Ò÷Õè¡Ó˹´¤èҤ͹¿Ô¡äÁè¶Ù¡μéͧ ËÃ×Í¡Ó˹´¤èҤ͹¿Ô¡¼Ô´ μÃǨÊͺÃÒ¡ÒÃμèÍ仹Õé: A1 㹡óշÕè¤Ø³ãªé¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμèÍà¹çμàÇÔÃì¡ÃÐËÇèÒ§à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì (Ad Hoc) ãËéμÃǨÊͺ´ÙÇèÒª×èͧ͢à¹çμàÇÔÃì¡ ·Õè¡Ó˹´¤èҤ͹¿Ô¡ (SSID) ¶Ù¡μéͧ ª×èÍà¹çμàÇÔÃì¡ (SSID) ÁÕ¤ÇÒÁáμ¡μèÒ§ÃÐËÇèÒ§¾ÔÁ¾ìàÅç¡áÅоÔÁ¾ìãË−è A2 ËÒ¡¤Ø³ãªé network key (encryption key) ¤Ø³μéͧãªé network keys à´ÕÂǡѹ¡Ñº¢Í§ AP
Q4 ©Ñ¹äÁèÊÒÁÒöàª×èÍÁμèÍ AP ä´é - μÃǨÊͺ¡ÒÃμÑ駤èҢͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì A1 μÃǨÊͺ´ÙÇèҿѧ¡ìªÑ¹ wireless LAN ¢Í§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃìà»Ô´ãªé§Ò¹ÍÂÙèâ´ÂÇÔ¸Õ¡ÒÃμèÍ仹Õé ËÒ¡¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹ wireless LAN »Ô´ÍÂÙè ãËéà»Ô´ãªé§Ò¹ - ÊÓËÃѺ Windows XP ãËéμÃǨ´ÙÇèÒ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμèÍ wireless network ä´éÃѺ¡ÒáÓ˹´à»ç¹ "Enable" ã¹ Start > Control Panel > Network Connections - μÃǨÊͺÇèÒÁÕ¡ÒÃà»Ô´ LAN äÃéÊÒÂËÃ×ÍäÁè A2 μÃǨÊͺ´ÙÇèÒÁÕ¡Òûé͹ network key (encryption key) à´ÕÂǡѹ·Ñ駷Õè AP áÅÐà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì network key ¤×Í encryption key ÊÓËÃѺ¡
- á¹Ð¹ÓãËéãªé static IP - à¹×èͧ¨Ò¡¡ÒÃàÅ×᪹͡à¹ÅẺμÒÂμÑÇàª×èͶ×Íä´éÁÒ¡¡ÇèÒ¡ÒÃàÅ×Í¡ÍÑμâ¹ÁÑμÔ ¨Ö§á¹Ð¹ÓãËéãªé¡ÒáÓ˹´áª¹à¹ÅμÒÂμÑÇ Q5 ã¹ÇÔ¹â´Çì 'Available wireless networks' ¢Í§ Windows XP ¤èÒ Wireless Network Connection ¨ÐáÊ´§à»ç¹ 'Not Available' A1 μÃǨÊͺÇèÒÁÕ¡ÒÃà»Ô´ LAN äÃéÊÒÂËÃ×ÍäÁè A2 μÃǨ´ÙÇèÒÁÕâ»Ãá¡ÃÁÍ×è¹æ ÊÓËÃѺ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμèÍ wireless LAN μÔ´μÑé§äÇéËÃ×ÍäÁè Windows XP ʹѺʹع¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμèÍ wireless LAN ¼èÒ¹à«ÍÃìÇÔÊ Wireless Zero Configuration (WZC) ´Ñ§¹Ñé¹ â»Ãá¡ÃÁà¾ÔèÁàμÔÁÍ×è¹æ ÊÓËÃѺ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμèÍ wi
Q7 àÁ×èÍãªéà¹çμàÇÔÃì¡ÃÐËÇèÒ§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì (Ad Hoc) ºÒ§¤ÃÑé§ÍÒ¨¨ÐäÁèÊÒÁÒö¤é¹ËÒ access point ä´é¾º A «Öè§ÍÒ¨à¡Ô´¢Öé¹ä´éºéÒ§àÁ×èͤسãªé¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμèÍà¹çμàÇÔÃì¡ÃÐËÇèÒ§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì (Ad Hoc) 㹡óշÕè¤Ø³äÁèÊÒÁÒö¾º access points ºÒ§μÑÇä´é à¹çμàÇÔÃì¡ÃÐËÇèÒ§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì (Ad Hoc) ¨Ð·Ó§Ò¹ä´éÍÂèÒ§¶Ù¡μéͧ ¤ÅÔ¡ Refresh à¾×èʹټšÒäé¹ËÒÅèÒÊØ´ Q8 ¡ÒÃÃѹä¿ÅìÇÔ¸Õãªé¢³Ð·ÕèÃѹ Profile Wizard ã¹â»Ãá¡ÃÁ wireless LAN (PROSet) ·ÓãËéÇÔ¹â´Çì PROSet ¡ÅÒÂà»ç¹ÊÕ¢ÒÇ A ¨ÐÁÕ¡ÒÃáÊ´§¼ÅÍÂèÒ§¶Ù¡μéͧàÁ×èͤسãªéâ»Ãä¿ÅìÇÔ«ÒÃì´áÅéÇ ¨ÐäÁè¡Ãзº
àÅ×Í¡ Change Advanced Settings ¨Ò¡àÁ¹Ù´éÒ¹«éÒ àÅ×Í¡ AP ¨Ò¡ÇÔ¹â´Çì Preferred networks ã¹á·çº Wireless Networks áÅФÅÔ¡·Õè»ØèÁ Properties àÅ×Í¡âËÁ´ Shared 㹿ÔÅ´ì Network Authentication ¢Í§á·çº Association ¨Ò¡¹Ñ鹤ÅÔ¡·Õè»ØèÁ OK ËÒ¡ÇÔ¹â´Çì Preferred networks ã¹á·çº Wireless Network ÇèÒ§à»ÅèÒ ãËé¤ÅÔ¡·Õè View Wireless Networks àÅ×Í¡ AP ·Õè¨Ðàª×èÍÁμèÍ áÅÐàÅ×Í¡âËÁ´ Shared 㹿ÔÅ´ì Network Authentication ¢Í§á·çº Connection Information ´Ñ§·Õè͸ԺÒ¢éÒ§μé¹ ÊÓËÃѺ¢Ñé¹μ͹¡ÒÃμÃǨÊͺÊÔ·¸Ôìà¤Ã×Í¢èÒÂâ´ÂÅÐàÍÕ´ â»Ã´μÔ´μèͼÙ
à¡ÕèÂǡѺà¡ÁÊìáÅÐâ»Ãá¡ÃÁμèÒ§æ Q1 à¡ÁÊì 3D äÁèÊÒÁÒö·Ó§Ò¹ä´é ËÃ×ͺҧ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹äÁèÊÒÁÒöãªé§Ò¹ä´é A à»ÅÕ蹡ÒÃμÑ駤èÒ¡ÃÒ¿Ô¡¢Í§à¡Áà»ç¹ '2D' ËÃ×Í 'Software Renderer' ¨Ò¡¹Ñé¹ãËéÅͧàÃÕ¡ãËÁèÍÕ¡¤ÃÑé§ Q2 ©Ñ¹àÃÕ¡ãªéâ»Ãá¡ÃÁà¡ÁËÅѧ¨Ò¡μÔ´μÑé§ áμèäÁèÊÒÁÒöãªé§Ò¹ä´é A »Ñ−ËÒ¹ÕéÍÒ¨à¡Ô´¢Öé¹ä´éàÁ×èÍà¡Á¹Ñé¹äÁèÊÒÁÒöãªéä´é¡Ñº Windows XP àÃÕ¡à¡ÁãËÁèÍÕ¡¤ÃÑé§ à¡Á¨Ð·Ó§Ò¹ä´éμÒÁ»¡μÔ Q3 ¡ÒÃãªé»ØèÁ
[¡ÒÃì´áÊ´§¼Å Intel] 1. ¤ÅÔ¡¢ÇÒ·Õèà´Ê¡ì·Í»áÅÐàÅ×Í¡ Properties ¨Ò¡àÁ¹Ù·Õè»ÃÒ¡¯¢Öé¹ 2. ã¹ÇÔ¹â´Çì [Display Properties] ãËéàÅ×Í¡á·çº Settings > Advanced > Intel Graphics Media Accelerator Driver for Mobile 3. àÅ×Í¡àÁ¹Ù Display Device (ÍØ»¡Ã³ìáÊ´§¼Å) áÅФÅÔ¡·Õè 'Notebook' (â¹éμºØê¤) 㹪èͧ 'Single Display' (¨ÍáÊ´§¼Åà´ÕèÂÇ) 4.
Q10 à¡ÁÁÕ¡ÒÃáÊ´§¼Å·ÕèäÁèÃÒºàÃÕº㹨ÍÀÒ¾ A ÊÓËÃѺà¡Á 3D ¢éÍÁÙÅà·ç¡«ìà¨ÍÃì¢Í§¡ÒÃáÊ´§¼Å 3D ¨ÐØÖ¶Ù¡ºÑ¹·Ö¡äÇéã¹Ë¹èǤÇÒÁ¨ÓÃкº ËÒ¡ÁÕ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨ÓÃкºäÁèà¾Õ§¾Í ¢éÍÁÙŨж١ºÑ¹·Ö¡ã¹ÎÒÃì´´ÔÊ¡ì áÅÐâËÅ´à¢éÒÊÙè˹èǤÇÒÁ¨ÓàÁ×èÍμéͧ¡Òà ¡Ò÷ӧҹàªè¹¹Õé¨Ð·ÓãËé¡ÒÃáÊ´§¼ÅËÂØ´ªÐ§Ñ¡ã¹Ë¹éÒ¨Í ã¹¡Ã³Õ¹Õé ãËéÅ´¤ÇÒÁÅÐàÍÕ´¡ÒÃáÊ´§¼Å¢Í§à¡Á ËÃ×Í¡ÒÃμÑ駤èÒ¡ÒÃáÊ´§¼Å¢Í§Ë¹éÒ¨Í (ÊÓËÃѺ Delta Force: Black Hawk Down, Medal of Honor, Battle Field, 1942 ÏÅÏ) ¡ÒÃá¡é䢻Ñ−ËÒ 123
Security Center Q1 ¡ÒÃà»ÅÕè¹ÇÔ¹â´Çì»çÍ»ÍÑ»·Õè»ÃÒ¡¯¢Öé¹ÃÐËÇèÒ§¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμèÍÍÔ¹àμÍÃìà¹çμ ã¹ÊÀÒÇÐáÇ´ÅéÍÁ¡Ò÷ӧҹ¢Í§ Windows XP SP2 ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöàÅ×Í¡ä´éÇèÒ¨ÐáÊ´§ÇÔ¹â´Çì»çÍ»ÍÑ» ¢³Ð·Õèàª×èÍÁμèÍÍÔ¹àμÍÃìà¹çμËÃ×ÍäÁè à¾×èÍãËé¤ÇÒÁÊдǡʺÒÂáÅÐà¾ÔèÁ¤ÇÒÁ»ÅÍ´ÀÑÂãËé¼Ùéãªé A1 ¡ÒÃáÊ´§ÇÔ¹â´Çì»çÍ»ÍÑ»ÊèǹãË−èàÁ×èÍÁÕ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁμè͡ѺÍÔ¹àμÍÃìà¹çμ: 1. ¤ÅÔ¡·Õè Internet Options ã¹àÁ¹Ù Start > Control Panel > Security Center > Manage security settings for 2.
A1 μÔ´μÑé§ Windows Firewall àÁ×èÍμÔ´μÑé§ Windows Firewall ¤Ø³¨Ðä´éÃѺ¡Òû¡»éͧ¨Ò¡¡ÒÃà¢éÒãªé§Ò¹â´ÂäÁèä´éÃѺ͹Ø−Òμ¼èÒ¹·Ò§ÍÔ¹àμÍÃìà¹çμËÃ×Íà¹çμàÇÔÃì¡ 1. ¤ÅÔ¡·Õè Windows Firewall ã¹àÁ¹Ù Start > Control Panel > Security Center > Manage security settings for 2. ·Õèá·çº General ¢Í§ Windows Firewall ãËéàÅ×Í¡ ON (recommended) 3.
ÃÒ¡ÒùÕéÍÒ¨ÁÕ¡ÒÃà»ÅÕè¹á»Å§ä´é áÇЪÁàÇçºä«μì (www.microsoft.com) à»ç¹»ÃШÓà¾×èÍμÃǨÊͺÃÒ¡ÒÃÅèÒÊØ´ Í×è¹æ 126 ¤ÙèÁ×ͼÙéãªé Q1.
¡ÒÃãªé Magic Doctor Magic Doctor à»ç¹«Í¿μìáÇÃìá¡é䢻Ñ−ËÒ¨Ò¡ Samsung Computer ¼ÙéãªéÊÒÁÒöÇÔ¹Ô¨©Ñ»Ñ−ËҢͧÃкº¨Ò¡¡ÒäÅÔ¡ÊÑ觧ҹà¾Õ§¤ÃÑé§à´ÕÂÇ ËÃ×ÍÍÒ¨àÅ×Í¡ÃÒ¡ÒÃÇÔ¹Ô¨©Ñ·Õèμéͧ¡Òà 1. ¤ÅÔ¡·Õè Start > All Programs > Samsung > Magic Doctor > Magic Doctor 2.
¡Òä׹ʶҹÐÃкº ¤Óá¹Ð¹Ó¹ÕéÊÓËÃѺà¤Ã×èͧ·ÕèÃѹ Window XP à·èÒ¹Ñé¹ ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹ System Restore ªèÇÂãËé¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒö¤×¹¤èÒà´ÔÁãËé¡Ñºà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃìà¾×èÍãËéÁÕʶҹÐàËÁ×͹¡ÑºÊÀÒÇСè͹˹éÒ (àÃÕ¡ÇèҨشàÃÕ¡¤×¹Ê¶Ò¹Ð ËÃ×Í restore point) áÅФ׹¤èÒ¡ÒÃμÑ駤èÒμèÒ§æ ä´éàÁ×èÍà¡Ô´»Ñ−ËÒ¢Öé¹ ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹ System Restore ÁÕã¹ Windows XP à¾×èÍãªéá¡é»Ñ−ËÒμèÒ§æ ä´éâ´ÂäÁèμéͧμÔ´μÑé§ Windows XP ãËÁè·Ñé§ËÁ´ ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöãªé¤ÓÊÑè§ System Restore ä´é㹡óÕμèÍ仹Õé • • • • ÁÕ¡ÒÃźä¿ÅìÃкºËÃ×Íà¡Ô´¤ÇÒÁàÊÕÂËÒÂâ´ÂäÁèμÑé§ã¨ ÃкºäÁèàʶÕÂÃËÃ×Íà¡Ô´»Ñ−ËÒ
2. àÅ×Í¡ "Create a restore point" áÅéǤÅÔ¡ Next à¹×èͧ¨Ò¡¡ÒÃà»ÅÕè¹á»Å§ËÅѧ¨Ò¡ Recovery Point ¨ÐäÁèä´éÃѺ¡Òúѹ·Ö¡äÇé ´Ñ§¹Ñ鹤س¨Ö§¤ÇÃáºç¤ÍÑ»ä¿ÅìμèÒ§æ ·Õè¨Óà»ç¹äÇé·ÕèÍ×蹡è͹¨ÐÊÑè§ system recovery 3. 㹡ÃͺáÊ´§¤Ó͸ԺÒÂà¡ÕèÂǡѺ Restore point ãËé¾ÔÁ¾ìª×èÍà¾×èÍÃÐºØ restore point áÅéǤÅÔ¡ Create ¤Ø³ä´éÊÃéÒ§ restore point áÅéÇ ¡Ò÷ÓãËé¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³¡ÅѺä»ãªéʶҹСè͹ restore point ¡Ãкǹ¡ÒÃ㹡Ò÷ÓãËé¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³¡ÅѺä»à»ç¹Ê¶Ò¹Ð¡è͹˹éÒ·Õè¨Ðà¡Ô´»Ñ−ËÒãËé·Ó´Ñ§¹Õé 1.
3. àÅ×Í¡Çѹ·Õè restore ·Õèμéͧ¡ÒèҡÇѹμèÒ§æ ·Õèä´éÊÃéÒ§äÇéáÅéÇàÅ×Í¡¨Ø´ restore point ¨Ò¡ÅÔÊμì áÅéǤÅÔ¡ Next Çѹ·Õè¢Í§ restore point áÊ´§à»ç¹ÍÑ¡ÉÃμÑÇË¹Ò 4. Â×¹Âѹ restore point áÅéǤÅÔ¡ Next System Restore ¨Ð»Ô´ Windows áÅéÇàÃÔèÁ¡Ãкǹ¡Òä׹¤èÒÃкº 5. ËÅѧ¨Ò¡¡Òä׹¤èÒÃкºàÊÃç¨ÊÁºÙóì Windows ¨ÐºÙμãËÁè ã¹ä´ÍÐÅçÍ¡ [System Restore completed] ãËé¤ÅÔ¡ OK ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ä´éÃѺ¡Òä׹¤èÒμÒÁ restore point ·ÕèàÅ×Í¡ ¡ÒáàÅÔ¡¡Òä׹¤èÒÅèÒÊØ´ ¢Ñé¹μ͹㹡ÒáàÅÔ¡¡Òä׹¤èÒÁմѧ¹Õé 1.
¡ÒÃμÔ´μÑ駫ͿμìáÇÃìãËÁè ËÒ¡¤Ø³ä´éμÔ´μÑé§Ãкº»¯ÔºÑμÔ¡Òà Windows ãËÁè ËÃ×ÍÃкºËÃ×Íâ»Ãá¡ÃÁäÁèÊÒÁÒö·Ó§Ò¹ä´éÍÂèÒ§¶Ù¡μéͧ ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöμÔ´μÑé§ä´ÃàÇÍÃìËÃ×Íŧâ»Ãá¡ÃÁãËÁèä´é¨Ò¡Ê×èÍà¡çº¢éÍÁÙÅ System Software à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì¹Õéä´éÃѺ¡ÒÃÍ͡ẺÁÒãËéãªé¡Ñº Microsoft Windows XP ´Ñ§¹Ñé¹ä´ÃàÇÍÃì·Õèà¡èÒ¡ÇèÒ Ãкº»¯ÔºÑμÔ¡ÒùÕé¨Ö§äÁèä´éÁÕÁÒãËéã¹Ê×èÍà¡çº¢éÍÁÙÅ System Software ¡ÒÃÃѹá¼è¹«Õ´Õ system software ãÊèÊ×èÍà¡çº¢éÍÁÙÅ System Software ŧã¹ä´Ã¿ì«Õ´ÕÃÍÁ ¨Ð»ÃÒ¡¯Ë¹éÒ¨Íáá¢Öé¹â´ÂÍÑμâ¹ÁÑμÔ • Standard Installation: μÑÇàÅ×Í¡¹Õé¨Ð
¡ÒÃμÔ´μÑé§ä´ÃàÇÍÃìáÅÐâ»Ãá¡ÃÁμèÒ§æ 1. ¤ÅÔ¡ Standard Installation ã¹ÇÔ¹â´ÇìËÅÑ¡¢Í§«Õ´Õ System Software (á¹Ð¹ÓãËéãªé¡ÒÃμÔ´μÑé§ÁÒμðҹ) 2. Ãкº¨Ð¶Ù¡Ê᡹à¾×èÍáÊ´§ä´ÃàÇÍÃìáÅÐâ»Ãá¡ÃÁμèÒ§æ ·Õèμéͧ¡Ò÷ӡÒÃμÔ´μÑé§ 3. ¤ÅÔ¡ OK ä´ÃàÇÍÃìμèÒ§æ áÅÐâ»Ãá¡ÃÁμèÒ§æ ¨Ðä´éÃѺ¡ÒÃμÔ´μÑé§â´ÂÍÑμâ¹ÁÑμÔμÒÁ¤èÒ´Õ¿ÍÅμì¨Ò¡âç§Ò¹ 4.
¡ÒÃμÔ´μÑé§ Windows XP ãËÁè ËÒ¡ Windows XP ·Ó§Ò¹äÁèà»ç¹»¡μÔà¹×èͧ¨Ò¡à¡Ô´¤ÇÒÁ¼Ô´¾ÅÒ´¢Öé¹ã¹Ãкº ËÃ×ÍËÒ¡¤Ø³ä´éà»ÅÕè¹ÎÒÃì´´ÔÊ¡ìãËÁè ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöμÔ´μÑé§ Windows XP ä´éãËÁèâ´¹ãªéá¼è¹«Õ´Õ system recovery ´éÇ¡ÒÃãªéá¼è¹«Õ´Õ system recovery ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöμÔ´μÑé§ä´é੾ÒÐ Windows XP à·èÒ¹Ñé¹ ËÒ¡μéͧ¡ÒÃãËéà¤Ã×èͧ ÁÕʶҹÐàËÁ×͹¡Ñºμ͹·Õè«×éÍãËÁè ãËéμÔ´μÑé§ä´ÃàÇÍÃìáÅÐâ»Ãá¡ÃÁμèÒ§æ ´éÇÂÊ×èÍà¡çº¢éÍÁÙÅ System Software ËÅѧ¨Ò¡μÔ´μÑé§ Windows XP ´éÇÂ«Õ´Õ system recovery áÅéÇ ¡ÒÃμÔ´μÑé§ Window ãËÁèÍҨź¢éÍÁÙÅμèÒ§æ ã¹ÎÒÃì´´ÔÊ¡ì àªè¹ ä¿Åì
• Quick Installation: μÑÇàÅ×Í¡¹Õé¨ÐμÔ´μÑé§ Windows ãËÁèâ´Âãªé¢éÍÁÙÅáÅСÒáÓ˹´¤èÒμèÒ§æ μÒÁà´ÔÁ ¢éÍÁÙÅ ¢Í§¼Ùéãªé¤×ÍÊÔ觷Õè»ÃÒ¡¯ÍÂÙèã¹â¿Åà´ÍÃì Windows à´ÔÁÍÒ¨ä´éÃѺ¡ÒÃÃÑ¡ÉÒäÇéã¹¢³Ð·Õèâ¿Åà´ÍÃì Windows ÁÕ¡ÒÃà¢Õ¹·Ñº 3.
3. àÁ×èÍ¡ÒÃμÔ´μÑé§ÀÒÉÒàÊÃç¨ÊÁºÙóì ãËéàÅ×Í¡á·çº Regional Options ¡é䢤èÒ Standards and formats áÅÐμÑÇàÅ×Í¡ Location áÅФÅÔ¡·Õè»ØèÁ OK 4.
5. à»ÅÕè¹ Default Input Language à»ç¹ÀÒÉÒ·Õèμéͧ¡ÒÃãªé㹡Òûé͹¢éÍÁÙÅ áÅФÅÔ¡·Õè OK 8. àÁ×èÍ»ÃÒ¡¯ÇÔ¹â´ÇìãËéÃкت×èÍáÅÐͧ¤ì¡Ã¢Í§¤Ø³¢Öé¹ ãËé»é͹¢éÍÁÙÅáÅéǤÅÔ¡ Next ã¹ Windows XP Professional edition ¨ÐÁÕÇÔ¹â´ÇìÍ×è¹æ à¾×èÍãËéÃкت×èͤÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃìáÅÐÃËÑʼèÒ¹ÊÓËÃѺ administrator »ÃÒ¡¯¢Öé¹ »é͹ ª×èͤÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃìáÅÐÃËÑʼèÒ¹ administrator áÅéǤÅÔ¡ Next 9. àÁ×èÍ»ÃÒ¡¯ÇÔ¹â´Çì Date and Time Settings ¢Öé¹ ãËé¤ÅÔ¡ Next à¤Ã×èͧ¨Ð·Ó¡ÒÃμÔ´μÑé§μèÍä» 10.
ËÒ¡¤Ø³äÁèÊÒÁÒöÃѹ Windows ä´é ËÒ¡¤Ø³äÁèÊÒÁÒöÃѹ Windows ä´é ¤Ø³μéͧºÙμà¤Ã×èͧâ´ÂãÊèá¼è¹«Õ´Õ system recovery áÅéÇμÔ´μÑé§ Windows ãËÁè ËÒ¡¤Ø³ ºÙμà¤Ã×èͧâ´Âãªéá¼è¹«Õ´Õ system recovery ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöμÔ´μÑé§ Windows ä´éâ´ÂãªéμÑÇàÅ×Í¡ user installation à·èÒ¹Ñé¹ áμè¨ÐäÁèÊÒÁÒöμÔ´μÑé§ä´éâ´ÂãªéμÑÇàÅ×Í¡ standard installation 1. ãÊèá¼è¹«Õ´Õ system recovery ŧã¹ä´Ã¿ì«Õ´ÕÃÍÁáÅéǺÙμà¤Ã×èͧ 2. ËÒ¡»ÃÒ¡¯¢éͤÇÒÁμèÍ仹Õé¢Öé¹·Õè˹éÒ¨Í ãËé¡´»ØèÁã´æ º¹á»é¹¾ÔÁ¾ì Press any key to boot from CD.....
¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒÐ ¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒТͧÃкº ¢éÍÁÙÅà¡ÕèÂǡѺ¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒТͧÃкºÁÕ¡ÒÃ͸ԺÒÂäÇéã¹ÊèǹμèÍ仹Õé ¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒТͧÃкºÍÒ¨áμ¡μèÒ§¡Ñ¹ä»μÒÁÃØ蹢ͧà¤Ã×èͧ ÃÒ¡Òà CPU ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó Cache ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨ÓËÅÑ¡ ªÔ¾à«çμËÅÑ¡ ÎÒÃì´´ÔÊ¡ì ä´Ã¿ì«Õ´Õ ¡ÃÒ¿Ô¡ àÊÕ§ à¹çμàÇÔáì ÍÔ¹àμÍÃìà¿« ÊÅçÍμàÁâÁÃÕè¡ÒÃì´ ÊÅçÍμ¾Õ«Õ¡ÒÃì´ ¾ÍÃìμμèÒ§æ ¢¹Ò´ (ÁÁ.
¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒТͧ Wireless LAN (μÑÇàÅ×Í¡à¾ÔèÁàμÔÁ) Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945BG Network Connection ¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒТͧ¼ÅÔμÀѳ±ì ÃÒ¡Òà ÃÒÂÅÐàÍÕ´¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒÐ ¢¹Ò´ (¡ÇéÒ§ X ÊÙ§) 30.0 x 50.95 ÁÁ. àËÁ×͹¡Ñº¢³ÐÃкº·Ó§Ò¹ ¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒТͧà¤Ã×èͧ ÍسËÀÙÁÔ¢³Ð·Ó§Ò¹áÅФÇÒÁª×é¹ ¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒÐà¡ÕèÂǡѺ¾Åѧ§Ò¹ ÍسËÀÙÁÔ: 0°C ~ 70°C ¤ÇÒÁª×é¹: μèÓ¡ÇèÒ 85% âËÁ´»ÃÐËÂÑ´¾Åѧ§Ò¹ (Power Saving Mode) 70 mW Receiving Mode 0.95W Transmission Mode 1.4W à¾ÒàÇÍÃì 3.3 âÇÅμì ãªéä´é¡Ñº IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.
Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection ¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒТͧ¼ÅÔμÀѳ±ì ÃÒ¡Òà ÃÒÂÅÐàÍÕ´¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒÐ ¢¹Ò´ (¡ÇéÒ§ X ÊÙ§) 30.0 x 50.95 ÁÁ. àËÁ×͹¡Ñº¢³ÐÃкº·Ó§Ò¹ ¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒТͧà¤Ã×èͧ ¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒÐà¡ÕèÂǡѺ¾Åѧ§Ò¹ ÍسËÀÙÁÔ¢³Ð·Ó§Ò¹áÅФÇÒÁª×é¹ ÍسËÀÙÁÔ: 0°C ~ 70°C ¤ÇÒÁª×é¹: μèÓ¡ÇèÒ 85% âËÁ´»ÃÐËÂÑ´¾Åѧ§Ò¹ (Power Saving Mode) 70 mW Receiving Mode 0.95W Transmission Mode 1.4W à¾ÒàÇÍÃì 3.3 âÇÅμì ãªéä´é¡Ñº IEEE802.11a, IEEE802.11b, IEEE802.
μÑÇÂèÍμèÒ§æ A. . . . . . . . . . . . . .áÍÁá»Ãì AC . . . . . . . . . . . .ä¿¿éÒ¡ÃÐáÊÊÅѺ ACPI. . . . . . . . . . .Advanced Configuration and Power management Interface APM . . . . . . . . . . .Advanced Power Management ATA . . . . . . . . . . .AT attachment (ÍéÒ§¶Ö§ÍÔ¹àμÍÃìà¿«¢Í§ÎÒÃì´´ÔÊ¡ìã¹à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃìẺ AT-compatible) ATAPI . . . . . . . . .AT attachment packet interface BBS . . . . . . . . . . .Bulletin board system BIOS. . . . . . . . . . .Basic input/output system C. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KB . . . . . . . . . . . .¡ÔâÅäºμì kg . . . . . . . . . . . . .¡ÔâÅ¡ÃÑÁ LAN . . . . . . . . . . .Local-area network lb. . . . . . . . . . . . . .»Í¹´ì LBA . . . . . . . . . . .Logical block addressing LCD . . . . . . . . . . .Liquid-crystal display m . . . . . . . . . . . . .àÁμà mA . . . . . . . . . . . .ÁÔÅÅÔáÍÁá»Ãì mAhr . . . . . . . . . .Milliampere hour MB . . . . . . . . . . . .àÁ¡Ðäºμì mm . . . . . . . . . . . .ÁÔÅÅÔàÁμà MPEG. . . . . . . . . .Motion Picture Experts Group MPU . . . . . . . . . . .
»·Ò¹Ø¡ÃÁ ÍÐá´»àμÍÃì AC ÍÐá´»àμÍÃì AC (ä¿¿éÒ¡ÃÐáÊÊÅѺ) ·Õè¤Çº¤ØÁ¡ÃÐáÊ俨ҡàμéÒàÊÕº·Õ輹ѧÁÒÂѧà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì ¡ÃÐáÊä¿ ·ÕèàμéÒàÊÕº¼¹Ñ§¤×Íä¿¿éÒ¡ÃÐáÊÊÅѺáÅÐμéͧá»Å§¡ÅѺÁÒà»ç¹ DC (ä¿¿éÒ¡ÃÐáÊμç) ¡è͹¨Ð¹Óä»ãªéã¹ à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì ACPI ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface)- ÇÔ¸Õ¡ÒÃ㹡ÒÃ͸ԺÒÂÍÔ¹àμÍÃìà¿«¢Í§ÎÒÃì´áÇÃìã¹áºº¤ÃèÒÇæ à¾×èÍãËéàË繤ÇÒÁÂ×´ËÂØè¹áÅСÒÃÁÕ ¹ÇÑμ¡ÃÃÃÁãËÁè¢Í§ÎÒÃì´áÇÃìáÅÐàËç¹ä´éªÑ´ã¹¡ÒÃÂèÍâ¤é´ OS à¾×èÍãªé¡ÑºÍÔ¹àμÍÃìà¿« ¢Í§ÎÒÃì´áÇÃì BIOS BIOS ÂèÍÁÒ¨Ò¡ basic input/output system The B
˹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó CMOS ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor) ä´éÃѺ¾Åѧ§Ò¹¨Ò¡áºμàμÍÃÕè¢Í§ CMOS ¡ÒÃμÑ駤èÒ System Setup áÅоÒÃÒÁÔàμÍÃìÍ×è¹æ ä´éÃѺ¡ÒÃà¡çºäÇéã¹Ë¹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó CMOS áÁéàÁ×èͤس»Ô´¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì ¢éÍÁÙÅ㹠˹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó CMOS ¨Ð¶Ù¡ºÑ¹·Ö¡äÇé ¾ÍÃìμ COM COM ÂèÍÁÒ¨Ò¡ communication COM ¾ÍÃìμ ¤×;ÍÃìμ͹ءÃÁã¹à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì ¤ÍÁá¾ç¤´ÔÊ¡ì ¤ÍÁá¾ç¤´ÔÊ¡ì (CD) ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó Conventional ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó 640 ¡ÔâÅäºμìáá ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨ÓáÅÐâ»Ãá¡ÃÁá;¾ÅÔपѹÊÒÁÒöà¢éÒãªé§Ò¹Ë¹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó¹Õéä´éâ´Âμç â´ÂäÁèμéͧãªé«Í¿μì
IRQ (interrupt request line) IRQ ¤×ÍÊÒÂÎÒÃì´áÇÃì·ÕèÍØ»¡Ã³ìÊÒÁÒöãªéà¾×èÍÊè§ÊÑ−−Ò³äÁâ¤Ãâ»Ãà«Êà«ÍÃìàÁ×èÍÁÕÍØ»¡Ã³ìμéͧ¡ÒÃãªéà«ÍÃìÇÔʢͧ äÁâ¤Ãâ»Ãà«Êà«ÍÃì ËÁÒÂàÅ¢ IRQs ÁÕ¤èÒ¨Ó¡Ñ´â´ÂÁÒμðҹÍØμÊÒË¡ÃÃÁ LCD (liquid-crystal display) ¨Í LCD ¢Í§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³μèҧ仨ҡ¨Í¢Í§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃìà´Ê¡ì·Í» ¨Íà´Ê¡ì·Í»ÊèǹãË−è¨Ðãªé¨Í CRT (cathoderay tube) «Ö觷ӧҹâ´Â¡ÒÃÂÔ§ÅÓáʧÍÔàÅç¡μÃ͹¼èÒ¹¨Ø´μèÒ§æ ´éÒ¹ËÅѧ¢Í§¨Í ¨Ø´ÊÕ´éÒ¹ËÅѧ¨ÐÊÇèÒ§¢Öé¹áÅÐáÊ´§ÀÒ¾ LCD ãªéâ«Å٪ѹ liquid-crystal ÃÐËÇèÒ§ÊͧªÕ·¢Í§ÇÑÊ´ØàÃ×ͧáʧ ¡ÃÐáÊä¿¿éÒ·ÕèÊ觼èÒ¹¼ÅÖ¡à
800 ¾Ô¡à«Åã¹á¹ÇμÑé§áÅÐ 600 á¶Çã¹á¹Ç¹Í¹ ÂÔ觨ӹǹ¾Ô¡à«ÅÁÕÁÒ¡¢Öé¹à·èÒäËÃè ¤ÇÒÁÅÐàÍÕ´¡ç¨ÐÁÒ¡¢Öé¹ áÅÐáÊ´§¼Åä´é´Õ¢Öé¹´éÇ ROM (read-only memory) ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó¶ÒÇâͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃìãªéÊÓËÃѺ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹à©¾ÒÐÍÂèÒ§ μÑÇÍÂèÒ§àªè¹ ¤ÓÊÑè§ÊÓËÃѺ¡ÒÃàÃÔèÁãªéà¤Ã×èͧ ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàμÍÃìàÁ×èͤسà»Ô´à¤Ã×èͧà»ç¹¤ÃÑé§áá¨ÐÍÂÙèã¹ ROM ¤Ø³äÁèÊÒÁÒöà¢Õ¹¢éÍÁÙÅŧ㹠ROM ä´é (ROM áμ¡μèÒ§ ¨Ò¡ RAM) ૤àμÍÃì ËÃ×Í·ÕèàÃÕ¡ÇèÒ ´Ô¡Êì૤àμÍÃì Êèǹ¢Í§á·Ã礤×ͨӹǹ·ÕèÁÕ¡ÒÃÃкØËÁÒÂàÅ¢ä´é áÅÐÊÒÁÒöºÑ¹·Ö¡ÍÑ¡¢ÃÐä´é (»¡μÔ¤×Í 512 ¡ÔâÅäºμì) Shadow RAM ¾×é¹·Õè»éͧ¡Ñ¹¡Ò
Contact SAMSUNG WORLD WIDE [U.K / AUSTRALIA / HONG KONG / INDIA / MALAYSIA / SINGAPORE] Contact SAMSUNG WORLD WIDE If you have any comments or questions regarding a Samsung products, contact the SAMSUNG customer care center. - Customer Care Center ☎ : (U.K) 0870 242 0303 Web Site: www.samsung.com/uk - Customer Care Center ☎ : (AUSTRALIA) 1300 362 603 Web Site: www.samsung.com/au - Customer Care Center ☎ : (HONG KONG) 2862 6001 Web Site: www.samsung.
[RUSSIA / UKRAINE] Связывайтесь с SAMSUNG по всему миру Если у вас есть предложения или вопросы по продуктам Samsung, связывайтесь с информационным центром Samsung. - Customer Care Center ☎ : (RUSSIA) 8-800-200-0400 Web Site: www.samsung.ru - Customer Care Center ☎ : (UKRAINE) 8-800-502-0000 Web Site: www.samsung.com/ur - Customer Care Center ☎ : 800-810-5858 / (010) 64751880 Web Site: www.samsung.com.cn - Customer Care Center ☎ : 1800-29-3232 / 02-689-3232 Web Site: www.samsung.com/th Rev. 1.